Show: 25 50 75 100 Results

Search results: 100 out of 9,219

رؤيـة ابن منظور للامام علي بن ابي طالب (صلوات الله عليه) : دراسـة فـي معجـم لسان العـرب == Ibn Mandhour'S Own Vision Of Imam Ali Bin Abi - Talib "God'S Prayers Be Upon Him ( A Study In Lisan Al - Arab Dictionary

Author name: قصي عبد الصمد عبد الحي ياسين
Supervisor name: حميد سراج جابر الاسدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Research deals with the vision of Ibn Mandhour to Imam Ali Bin Abi - Talib " God's prayers be upon him ". The Dictionary is marked by being rich with information as it consists in a lot of sciences and data that covered many ages of the life of the Arabs, which reflects a lot of aspects the development of Arabic Language and the life of the Arab Society in those remote age. Therefore, Ibn Mandhour a Kind of comprehensive encyclopedia that helps the researcher not seek another books in Arabic language. The book included information about many respective persons like Imam Ali Bin Abi - Taleb. Ibn Mandhour gave a lot information about Imam Ali. From this fact, the present study gains it's importance as it is interested in the philosophy of Imam Ali, who is a famous pioneer thinker, i.e, Ibn Mandhour and his vision of Imam Ali. The study has covered many human aspects of the character of the life of Imam Ali. The study is equally interested in the character of Ibn Mandhour, in whom researchers showed no interest. The study shows that the writer proved knowledgeable and his work covered different types of science. The Study is consist of an introduction with a title : Ibn Mandhour and Lisan Al - Arab Dictionary, plus four other chapters and a conclusion that contains the results the researchers got it finalized by a list of source books. The Title of chapter one is : description of the biography and it's Reflection in the thought of Imam Ali. Chapter Two : Description of the political situation and the Response of Imam Ali. Chapter Three : Description of the Diagnosis and Remedy in the Thought of Imam Ali. Chapter Four : Description of Leadership and Direction in the Thought of Imam Ali.
Summary:
References:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميريكية تجاه القضية الالمانية 1969 - 1974 في ضوء الوثائق الاميريكية == The Policy Of United States Of America Towards The German Question (1969 - 1974) (In Terms The American Documents)

Author name: عبادي احمد عبادي
Supervisor name: كاظم باقر علي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Present dissertation aims at studying the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969 - 1974 , and knowing the causes and the affections that made it to adopt this policy. It presents the affections of the United States policy in the political statement in Germany, especially the development of the political relations with the Federal Germany because of the American Administration disagreement to consider the Democratic Germany as an independent state. United States of America refused to establish a diplomatic relations with Democratic Germany. The present study illustrates that United States of America has diplomatic relations with the Federal Germany only. It sheds light on the policy of some other countries towards the German question,especially the Soviet Union. The American Policy towards the German question cannot be understood and followed unless the policy of the other countries should be dealt with since the policy of these countries affects, and it is affected with such a matter is resulted from the interrelation among the political and historical events in this respect. Some questions concerning the topic have been asked and the researcher tries to answer this questions.The study starts with 1969 which is the beginning of Nixon’s presidency in United States of America and Brandt as the Chancellor of Federal Germany.Their are began as a (( New Era )) in the political relationships between the East and the West that based on the cooperation instead of being so strict in order to find a score solution to the important political questions like the German question. In addition to this, they adopted such policy to decrease the tension and to support the security and peace in Europe. 1974 Comes as the end of the present study with the end of the Nixon’s and Brandt’s Presidency.The dissertation consists of an introduction , four Chapters, conclusions and appendances. The First chapter is considered as an introduction to the topic in order to know the historical origins of the American policy towards the German question throughout the historical development of this policy and it’s affections in the development of the political and the economic situations in Germany and the relationship with the Great States, especially the relationship with the Soviet Union and the Countries that have legitimacy to rule Germany as Occupation forces. It is the matter that initiates for the competition between the two forces concerning the power in territories in Europe generally and in Germany particularly, According to the competition between United States of America and the Soviet Union, The Cold War break out. The Cold War that happened caused the division of Germany into two countries and crystallized the establishment of the Federal Germany 1949. The Federal Germany has been rearmed and accepted to be a member in NATO in 1955. United States did so in order to prevent the Russian leverage in Western Europe. It can be also considered as an advanced centre to defend the American interests in this region. the Soviet Union established the Democratic Germany in 1949 Which has been rearmed and accepted as a member in Warsaw Pact in 1955. The Chapter concentrated on the American policy towards Berlin Crisis in 1958 and it’s results in constricting Berlin Wall in 1961. The Chapter dealt with all the reasons behind the failure reunifying Germany. The Chapter dealt with the causes and the variables that made United States of America re - estimating it’s policy towards the Soviet Union after Berlin Crisis. And the influence of the American policy on the policy of the Federal Germany before the presidency of Nixon. The second Chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969. It explains the influence of Nixon’s presidency in the diplomatic relations towards the Soviet Union and is reflections on the German question. The researcher, In this chapter, focuses on the reasons and motivations that made Nixon adapting such a policy and implementing it towards the Soviet Union. The chapter dealt with the policy of United States towards the second Crisis of Berlin in 1969 and the initiation ofthe diplomatic interaction between Nixon and the Soviet Leaders in order to reach at a suitable solution concerning the political questions that disturb both sides. The chapter dealt with the election of the Parliament in Federal Germany.The results of election Brandt’s success to be Chancellor. Brandt declares that he will adopt the policy of Ostpolitik with the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe in order to establish the bridge of trust and communication and to find a peaceful settlement for the German question and to end the tension and to support security in Europe. The chapter illustrated the reasons and the strategic targets that made Federal Germany adopting the policy of Ostpolitik with the East. The chapter focused on the American position towards the declaration of the policy of Ostpolitik which made United States feels anxious about it’s interests because of the policy of Federal Germany. In the same time, the chapter explains the causes that made United States supporting the Ostpolitikwith the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe countries. The chapter dealt with the positions of the other big notions toward the Ostpolitik in order to understand the American position as a result to the influence of these positions in the German question.The Third chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1970 - 1971. The chapter dealt with negotiations between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union, Poland and the Democratic Germany and The American Position towards it. However the American Position is characterized with supporting the negotiations. The chapter focused on the American position towards the “Agreement of Moscow” between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union in the 12th of August 1970 and the “Agreement of Warsaw” between the Federal Germany and Poland in the 7th of December 1970, concerning the refreshment of the political relationships and the recognition of the border lines at that time. These two agreements are considered as turning points in the history of policy between the east and the west of Europe. Accordingly, United States re - estimated it’s diplomacy to suite the new conditions in the constriction of the political relationships with European Countries especially with its main ally, Federal Germany. This matter is embodied with the issue of a group of principles to guide the policy from the American interests in Europe and Federal Germany. The chapter dealt with the negotiations among the Four Power States in order to improve the conditions inWestern Berlin with reference to the exchange of drafts in this concern between the United States and Soviet Union and the role of Federal Germany in compromising between them. As a result, the Quadripartite Agreement on Berlin was a signed in the 3rd of September 1971 concerning Western Berlin. This agreement smoothed the way in front of establishing diplomatic relations and removing the obstructions between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany, so the agreement between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany was signed in the 17th of December 1971. The last chapter focused on the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1971 - 1974. It emphasized on the American policy towards the relationships between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany and the certification on the agreement of Moscow and Warsaw respectively in the Bundstag. United States exploited the attitude of the Soviet Union in the certification of the agreements to end the military aggravation in southern - east of Asia especially stop fighting in Vietnam. The chapter dealt with the role of United States and the Soviet Union in encouraging both the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany to finish their negotiations to reach at signing the basic agreement in the 21st of December 1972. This agreement recommends that both countries should normalized the political relationships between each other. The Four Power States issued (( the Four Power Declaration)) in 1972 which emphasized the upholding of including the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany in United Nations. This prepared the floor to accept them as equal members in United Nations in the 18th of September 1973. This step is followed by the diplomatic representation between the two countries in the 14th of March 1974. The Federal Germany established diplomatic relationships with all countries in the East of Europe including Czechoslovak throng the signing of a agreement of Prague in the 8th of December 1973. The chapter contains the reasons behind Nixon’s and Brandt’s resignation in 1974.
Summary:
References:

روايات اهل الكتاب للسيرة النبوية (حتى عهد البعثة) == Tales Of Book People Of Prophetical Biography Till Age Of Mission

Author name: مخلد ذياب فيصل الجبر
Supervisor name: نزار عزيز حبيب الخاقاني
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Summary:
References:

نشاط المراة الاقتصادي في صدر الاسلام والدولة الاموية

Author name: احمد ميسر محمود السنجري
Supervisor name: نجمان ياسين عباس
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Mosul
First pages:
Abstract: This research which is entitled “The Economic Woman Activity at the beginning of Islam and the Ummayad State” deals with exploration of the extent of female contribution in supplying the total economic activity during the period of the beginning of Islam and the Ummayad State. This period had witnessed the optimal application of Islam principles and its noble values. Also, it witnessed the formulation of the Arabic Islamic economy according to Arabic Islamic concepts. Therefore, we must regard the female economic contribution as a very important matter as it gives an integrating image of the evolution which occurred to the Arabic Islamic economy which we cannot have a complete image without the Female side being clear and understood.The research ‘vas divided into four chapters, the first deals with Arabic woman economic activity before Islam in the fields of commerce, agriculture, rural and vocational which is import because the Arabic lad is the environment in which Islam has emerged and brought up. Its people were the message holders for the whole universe and it is ordinary that our understanding of the nature of economy and the contribution of Arabic woman represents an approach which is vital to understand the how the consequent improvements formulated by Islam and the changes it brought about in the Field of female economic contribution specially, have occurred.Chapter two dealt with the display of the most important principles which Islam has brought concerning its dealing with the woman issue specially the regulation of her economic activities and works. Also, we explored the most important contribution of Arabic Muslim woman in this period as an example of for women in later periods as it is the begging of tile message period, thus it is regarded as the applicable and ideological bases of Islam principles by Muslim females.After that, we followed up the most important economic improvement especially female ones witnessed by this period like commercial and agricultural activities etc. We declared the extent of great economic activity carried out by Arabic Muslim woman in this period which is regarded as a pride recorded for the female economic contribution during that period and the later periods.Chapter three is devoted to the female economic contribution during AI - Rashideen Period which has witnessed great economic improvement as the Arabic Islamic wars to expand the Arabic Islamic State and repelling of the occupiers like Persians and Roman from the Arabic Land which after liberation were converted for the usefulness of Arabic Islamic people which contributed in the raising of standard living and the improvement of economy toward progress and prosperity and it is natural due to this, the female economic contributions In this period as it witnessed a real existence of the Arabic Muslim woman in all fields of economy as being a merchant, an agrarian, vocational struggler and example heroism, so, the Arabic Muslim woman was not half of the halted society but actually full of activity and effectiveness.Chapter Four explored the improvement which the female economic contribution has witnessed during the Ummayad period which was affected by the improvement of the Arabic Islamic economic improvement in general during this period and we have presented a number of examples which are compelling evidence on the extent of female economic contribution as there was economic field in which the woman did not participate during Limmayd period as her contribution was not marginal but a competition honor with her brother in all economic fields. Then the thesis ended with the most important conclusions.
Summary:
References:

نور الدين الحلبي : دراسة تحليلية في كتابه انسان العيون في سيرة الامين المامون == Noor Al - Dean Al - Halabi And His Book "Insan Al - Oyon Fi Searat Al - Amean Al - Ma'Moon

Author name: دنيا عبد علي الشمري
Supervisor name: علـي غانم جثير
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Summary:
References:

مظاهر الحزن في الشخصية من خلال الادب العراقي القديم : دراسة تاريخية == Sadness Phenomena In The Personality Via The Ancient Iraqi Literature( Historical Study)

Author name: مهدي ناهي مطير العقيلي
Supervisor name: غسان عبد صالح
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The subject of sadness in the personality , via the ancient Iraqi literature , is considered an essential subject worthy to be considered and to be searched historically. The current study is an attempt to understand the effect of the sadness on the historical events serials and its movements in Mesopotamia, along with the size of that effect. The study deals with the different sadness and its reasons in Mesopotamia via the literature texts.The study includes three chapters ,every chapter includes two researches , every research has many units. The chapter one has been assigned for the different types of sadness that have been dealt by the people of Mesopotamia as to express about their feelings owing to what they have suffered from their daily life. The 2nd research has been about the role of the environment's effect on sadness 's appear, where the environment of Mesopotamia was a harsh one that contributed into growing this phenomena. The chapter two has studied religious sides via the punishments ruled by the gods on the ancient populations of the Mesopotamia and the political factor plays in deepening this phenomena owing to the reiterated invasion faced by the Mesopotamia 's people by the neighbors. The chapter three has been assigned for studying the economic factor effectiveness due to getting control by force on the poor people 's lands ; the poor faced different kinds of oppressions that led to uphold the phenomena of sadness.The study has reached to a set of results , most importantly, sadness that being considered as an ancient one in the ancient Iraqi personality. This phenomena has not been considered as self - formed in the personality , but rather it has been formed by the surrounded conditions. This phenomena has not beennegative , but rather it has been a positive one that motived the people of Mesopotamia to alter their life and their reality and to exert the effort as to construct their eternal civilization. The sadness 's phenomena has not been in one form , but it was in different forms based on the distress and the reasons of sadness. Thus , the subject of sadness has occupied large part of their volumes , texts, whose owners have been efficient in writing and in describing this phenomena with sincerity
Summary:
References:

جمعية عمر المختار 1943 - 1953 == Society Of Omar Al - Mukhtar 1943 - 1953

Author name: ياسمين محي عبد الرحيم الكناني
Supervisor name: ايمان جواد هادي البرزنجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of parties and associations is regarded as historical studies task, where it has a major role in the study of a State or a community of communities in addition to the detection of many important facts that were hidden by most historians, through documents unpublished maintained by ther privatecod by Assembly itself. In addition to give it a profile about personalities to the Assembly. Who joined the Society of Omar AL - Mukhtar is one of associations that have contributed significantly to change the course of the Libyan state, by their great effort in order to achieve the independence and the unity of the Libyan state in all its mandates, which rejected the major powers such as Great Britain and the United States as well as Italy, which tried hard to keep these States under control over all of Libya. The reasons for my choosing this subject is that Association in is different in its disciplines because it was Athletic Association, cultural, detective, out did not it become a political association, unit moving to Benghazi. In addition to its relationship with the Prince Sanusi, who became Honorary Prince and accepted all orientations in spite of the differences in some things, so the timeframe for a message is from 1943, where it travels to Benghazi and end in 1953 with the end of the secret work after it passing within stages and events and by Prince Sanusi, letter included four chapters in addition to the introduction and conclusion. The first chapter is dealt with parties and associations which were participated by most of the Libyan dignitaries in the Ottoman era and its impact on the birth of the Society of Omar Mukhtar, the most important associations are Freedom Party and the Alliance and the Association of the Covenant and the Committee of Union and Progress, as well as the associations that emerged in Syria and Egypt, led by Libyan dignitaries. The second chapter the researcher talked about the beginning of the origin of the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar in addition to its most important members, as well as the work of Al - Watan newspaper, and the basic law which was written in two phases. The third chapter focused on the attitudes of the Assembly upon referendum commission which visited Libya in addition to its position upon project Bevin - Sforza, who appeared after the Second World War, as well as the rule of Idriss on Cyrenaica and the chapter discussed the position of the Chapter Assembly towards the Arab issues. In the fourth chapter the researcher talked about sports and cultural activity for the Association of Omar Mukhtar from 1943 until 1953 and the main business carried out by the Assembly in all branches of the Libyan States. So proved this study proved that the idea of founding the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar had begun during World War II, particularly by immigrants who are in Arab countries, an idea that occurred to Mr. Asaad Arabi, which is based on the containment of young Libyans who are in Cairo, particularly after of non - objection by the Egyptian authorities. As the study revealed that the Assembly were not limited to sports and cultural activity, but beyond it to the political activity in addition to its categorical rejection of any contract treaties with major countries and the treaty in 1947, was a clear example of the rejection of the colonial policies. This study confirmed the unity of Libyan territory, without distinction between the States non independence of price state from the rest of the states. But its demand for independence and unity under its leader, Sanusi.
Summary:
References:

محمود فوزي ودوره الدبلوماسي والسياسي في مصر حتى عام 1974 == Mahmoud Fawzi And His Diplomatic And Political Role In Egypt Until 1974

Author name: ياسمين محمود عبد جاسم
Supervisor name: نادية ياسين عبد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis studied the diplomat and political figure Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi, who is considered one of the most prominent Egyptian figures. Many reasons stood behind choosing this subject, the character of Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi , that he was an experienced brilliant diplomat and assumed many diplomatic posts in a number of Egyptian embassies in many countries around the world starting from his work at the Egyptian consulate in Rome and being the Egypt delegate at the United Nations body during the government of Fahmi Nuqrashi in a very critical period, namely the period of issuance of the decision of partitioning Palestine. In addition, Mahmoud Fawzi was appointed to be the first foreign minister of Egypt after the revolution of July 23, 1952 in the era of Jamal Abdel Nasser. The thesis has been divided into three chapters, the first chapter was titled ((Mahmoud Fawzi and his diplomatic role until 1952)) wherein the first section touched upon the life and upbringing of Mahmoud Fawzi and the second section dealt with the diplomatic role of Mahmoud Fawzi and his support for the Palestinian cause through his work in the Egyptian diplomatic corps and his appointment as a consul in Al - Quds during the years 1941 - 1944. The third section revealed Mahmoud Fawzi’s efforts as the representative of Egypt to the United Nations Commission from 1946 to 1949. The second chapter which was titled ((political role of Mahmoud Fawzi in the era of President Jamal Abdel Nasser (1952 - 1970) )) showed Mahmoud Fawzi’s role in the British - Egyptian negotiations on 19 October 1954, and the role of Mahmoud Fawzi in Egypt's Foreign policy vital issues in 1955 , starting form Banthung Conference to strike the Egyptian - Czechoslovakian arms deal. This chapter also touched on the role of Mahmoud Fawzi in facing the Suez crisis and the triple aggression against Egypt in 1956, and his activity during the years 1958 - 1969 through his efforts in the defense of Arab causes. The third chapter was titled (the political role of Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi during the reign of Anwar As - Sadat in 1970 until 1974), which focused on the political activity of Mahmoud Fawzi during his assumption of the post of Prime Minister of Egypt for the years 1970 to 1972, and then a vice president from 1972 to 1974.The study, at the end, reached at many conclusions, where Mahmoud Fawzi was distinguished at that he had a philosophy in diplomacy and life, and has derived his philosophy in meditation and its features were crystallized and clarified in his mind when he spent years in Japan. There he found an opportunity for reflection, planning, work and success and learned from the Japanese things which left their effects on the features of his character.The work of Mahmoud Fawzi, as a representative of Egypt to the United Nations Commission after the year 1946, had an impact in the refinement of his political personality in particular it was in a very critical period, namely the period of issuance of the partitioning of Palestine's resolution as he made the best of his efforts and cooperated with the Arab delegations to stand against its issuance and even after the partitioning resolution he continued his efforts to prevent the implementation of that resolution. The real fame of Mahmoud Fawzi began in the wake of the revolution of July 23, 1952, as the Egyptian Foreign Ministry was assigned to him. He left a good impact in the field of foreign policy that his fingerprints were clear in signing the British evacuation of Egypt Convention, which is considered the first political experience for him when he was a foreign minister. He also had a role in the management of the Suez crisis in 1956, that he had a role in the conviction of the tripartite aggression against Egypt in the United Nations headquarters, which precipitated the defeat of aggression. Mahmoud Fawzi’s efforts in the headquarters of the United Nations, during the June war in1967, had an impact in confronting the Israeli tide in the corridors of the United Nations and came out with the best of what could be done in such circumstances, that is a decision No. 242, which provided for not allowing the occupation of territories by force, and forced Israel to withdraw from the territories it occupied after June 5. By virtue of the brilliance of Mahmoud Fawzi he was dubbed the "Egyptian politics engineer," despite the fact that his work in the foreign policy was basically executive not only because of Jamal Abdel Nasser’s dominant character, but also because of convictions of Mahmoud Fawzi, by virtue of the nature of his diplomatic character.The executive nature of Mahmoud Fawzi’ character in the world of politics appears more clearly in the era of Anwar As - Sadat during his assumption of the post of prime minister and then a vice president. He had a role in the implementation of As - Sadat’s vision of Egypt's domestic and foreign policy alike
Summary:
References:

النشاط الاقتصادي في افريقية في ظل حكم الدولة الحفصية (618 - 932هـ / 1222 - 1526م) == The Economic Activity In Africa Under The Role Of Al - Hafsi State (618 - 932 A.H / 1222 - 1526 A.D)

Author name: ولاء لعيبي جلاب اسماعيل
Supervisor name: خضر عبد الرضا جاسم الخفاجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study aims to study the economic activity in Africa during the al - Hafsi age (618 - 932 A.H / 1222 - 1526A.D) The Summary in economic aspects of agriculture , industry and trade. The study has divided into three major chapters preceded by introduction and preface and then conclusion and summary.In chapter one that entitled as agricultural activity of al - Hafsi empire divided into three sections , the first one entitled as the natural elements that impact on Agricultural activity included the geographical features then the climate that helps on agriculture so largely in addition to water resources such as rains, current and non - current rivers , lakes , wells and others , while the second section is the agricultural harvest and its kinds includes the types of seeds ,fruit trees and another harvests with their places. Section three entitles as the animal and sea wealth such as cattle and sheep and classis of fish and their places.The second chapters entitles with the industry during the rule of Al - Hafsi state come with four sections , The first one entitled with the industry standards , while the second contains agricultural industries and its kinds in the sense of manufacturing the nutritional products like bread , oil ,..etc, plus to manufacturing productions then painting that considers as complement for making textile that give the color to textile and remove the blots , the third section is about non - agricultural most significant one is manufacturing ships ,boats , pottery , paper and other products plus to mining and extract metals and others industries that involve within governmental sector under supervision of government in addition to non - government industries , which means private sector.Finally the third chapter entitles as the trade growth during the role of Hafsi , with three sections , section one is about the eternal tracks the related with internal trade and the most important markets and their kinds also the common avoirdupois and measures at that time.section two entitles the external trade of Ahafsi state with Islamic and European states including the external tracks of trade and the relationship with trade countries and cities like Egypt and kings of southern sand and another also with European countries and cities , while the section three searched for the trade resources of Al - Hafsi state of outcomes and incomes with various types , in addition to customs that play a significant rule in growth the trade of AL - Hafsi state.
Summary:
References:

معاوية بن حديج الكندي : دراسة تاريخية == Mu’Awiya Ben Hudaij Al - Kindey (A Historical Study)

Author name: هيفاء عليوي محيسن الساعدي
Supervisor name: خلود مسافر نعمة الجنابي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The character of Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey is one of those characters who took an important space as far as the historical events in the Islamic arena during the Radhie and Umayyad epochs are concerned. In spite of being one of the leaders who assumed the mission of conquering Egypt and Africa.He was the front most defender of the third caliph Othman ben Affan (Allah be pleased Him) in histroubles. He took the issue of avenging the death of Othman as he was one of his followers in Egypt. One of the reasons that motivated me to choose Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey because he had a great space that deserve meditation. His family and tribe had a role in the events as well as his grandchildren andsonsafter him through assuming adimintrative positions. I have faced a problem in speaking about Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey because of the rarity of the sources speaking about his, specially his birth and the information pertaining to his. The thesis is divided into three chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a Conclusion. Chapter One details the political situation of the age in which Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey lived through posing the political events the most important of which are : the Apostasy Movement, the Camel battle and the trouble that led to the slaying of Othman ben Affan, the Outlaws and the appearance of their movement. Chapter Two deals with the biography of Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey mentioning his name, nickname, geneology, life, companion and grandson with his attitude towards the family of Prophet (Peace be upon them), mentioning his attiude towards the murder of hajribnAdday Al - Kenddy. Chapter Three studies the military battles which Mu’awiya ben Hudaij AL - Kinddey has gone in the Rashdie Orthodox era and his conquest of Africa and role in killing in Mohammed ben abiBakr. The Conclusion includes the most important findings of the study.
Summary:
References:

اسقاط الجنسية عن يهود العراق 1950 == The Law Of Deprivation Of Citizenship For Jews Of Iraq In 1950

Author name: هناء سلمان عباس
Supervisor name: حيدر حميد رشيد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The law of deprivation of citizenship for Jews of Iraq in 1950Iraq form since ancient times, especially in Jewish thinking about the importance, as Iraq counting at the forefront of Arab countries that draw borders of (Greater Israel) from the Nile to the Euphrates, and this shows clearly when the Jews pointed out in the Bible (Genesis) by saying : "In that day the Lord made a covenant with Abraham, saying, to your generation I give this land, from the river of Egypt to the great river Euphrates River.After the appearance of Zionism term and turn it to the political movement into the late nineteenth century by the efforts of Theodor Herzl, the founder of this movement was its main objective the return of the Jews to the Promised Land, and in particular that Herzl found that the Jews still Spread in different communities was more like isolation, that were not negative, and it has to be their presence on the land of an independent grouping respondents, are held where the alleged Jewish state, Palestine was the best solution for that.The research of the Jewish immigration in Iraq remains far and short of the overall image and reality without viewing it from different Aspects, and for the purpose of knowledge of the different aspects, as well as put it in the historical and objective framework which is required. the research is distributed into an introduction , four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter turning on the Jews' political, economic, social and cultural role in Iraq 1921 - 1950.The second chapter deals with the Zionist activity in Iraq and its impact on the migration of the Jews of Iraq, 1920 - 1950.The third chapter was entitled (internal and external factors and their impact on the migration of the Jews of Iraq).Chapter four is covered all matters relating to the issuance of law of deprivation of citizenship for Jews of Iraq in 1950.The researcher reached the following results : 1. Jewish community has enjoyed by the stability and confidence in the center of the Iraqi society for more than 3,000 years, and this stability has continued until the beginning of this century.2. The Zionist activity in Iraq has diminished during the era of independence, which abated in various areas of Zionism, and turned into the secret work.3. The Iraq - British war and the subsequent events of Farhood, a new stage of Zionist 's activity.4. The Zionist activity in Iraq during this period focused its efforts on education and rehabilitation of Jewish culture and Zionist qualified, and trained to use weapons to displace them to Palestine to contribute to the establishment of a Jewish national home.5. Soldiers as it was in the Jewish battalion served in the British forces in Iraq, an effective and important impact in the Zionist movement activities secret.6. And it is clear from the foregoing that the Jewish community forced to go out of their homeland and it is not the bring down of the Nationality Law is the one who forced her to immigration.However, the Iraqi government bears part of the responsibility for the immigration of Jews because they have not been involved in their displacement but because it did not prevent their exit, while knowing the risks of their exit towards Palestine.As for the Jewish community are not helpless where there have been terrorist attacks and anti - media campaigns and is intended to undermine this community and force it to emigrate. And the Orbiter to the stages of the migration notes that the migration of this community was without conviction and forced them Proof of this simple setup that recorded after the issuance of the immigration law. However, this community bears part of the responsibility, to the penetration of Zionist activity in the center of a number of its members, but the vast majority were forced to emigrate
Summary:
References:

موقف العراق من القضية الفيتنامية 1958 - 1968 == Iraqi Stance From The Veitnamic Cose 1958 - 1968

Author name: هدى صباح بدن الكعبي
Supervisor name: نضر علي امين الشريف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The issune of Veitnam is consider one of pioneer Librtion case in the patriotic fight which took the attention of international public openion and make its effect on many countion of glob which took varied stances agenst it according to Their political and economical regiems from the extrem right to the extrem Left.This study tackle The Iraqi stance toward The Veitnamic case for The period 1958 - 1968, and for an era pregnant with events, facts, and guilk develop ments whither in Iraq or Veitnam which was suffering from the conflects in inside and abrood and at the time which represented the peek of cold war between the eastern and western comps.Iraqi yovernments after 14 July 1958 and their stances from the Veitnamic issue in addition to the stances of the forces, associations and public organita tions and the stances of the press the for the events in Veitnam and the fight against colonism.And there was another issue push the researcher to choos This period in particular of The republic history of Iraq asitrepresent an important side of Iraq contem porary political history which was rich with events and political changes and its reflections on The overall Pololy of Iraq to ward The libration issue in south east Asia lountries and in front of Ther Veitnam. From This stanice This study represent humble try in integrating The resear ches which dedicated to study The stance of Iraq from The complex international cases at That era of time. What came in The pupers of This study World enable us to identify The basic stancos of Re pulic Iraq in government, organitations and public assoliations for The veitnamic Lase in astage Thet had assending patren in The Lold was netween Theastern and western Lamps and vetnam represented The most important field for This war.And Iraq which went out since July 1958 form The Lyele of tending to The west and went Neaver to Eastern camp both politically and feconomicully, it must support The Libaition movements in south east Asia which were submitting to The French and American Lolnisim control and in atry from The Leaders of Iraq to make foreign policythe tensure political back up from The great powers in The eastern camp for enhancing The new political regiem after The fall of monarchy.From This point The Leaders of Iraq after 1958 take The stance of supporting The Libration movement in Democratic veitnam embodied by The matual vists between Iraqi veitnami delogations, and signing agree ments between The two contries.And in the same way some purties, political, cultural and occupationa Lorganiation partici pated in supporting The Iraqi government political stanie and The same time The privat and public press supported The veitnamic cuse and stand against The colonisim of U.S.A and scandal The practices of The American military authorities against The veitnamic people.
Summary:
References:

الموقف الروسي من الثورة الدستورية الايرانية 1905م - 1911م == Russian Position On The Iranian Constitutional Revolution 1905 - 1911

Author name: هادي صاحب عيدان البدراوي
Supervisor name: خضير مظلوم فرحان البديري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: The importance of the theme of "the Russian situation on the Iranian Constitutional Revolution1905 - 1911" lies in the extent of rampant Russian influence in the Iranian events , not only by imposing Russian's influence on the Iranian tiles, including the head of state (the Shah), but in its ability to address the new revolutionary spirit , which is now threatening Russian interests in Iran, to decide, with all what tsarist policy represent of despotism and tyranny, put the inevitable end of the constitutional revolution in 1911 in the form that consistent with its political orientations in Iran, while the historical stage of the constitutional revolution represented important and sensitive stage in the modern political history of Iran increased the importance of the subject,and because the scientic and historical studies didn't deal with this theme in scientific , independent research , this form a real incentive to fight the midst of this syudy as a new theme dealt a review and analysis of the importance of the Constitutional revolution of Iran in the Russian situation. My knowledge of the Persian language form my choice of subject in a scientific and academic thesis for modern Iran's history, the pink dreams that I had the since graduation from bachelor's degree in early last decade of last century, and what contributed in the paving of the scientific road in front of me in this regard is the encouraging of Prof. Dr. Khudair Madhloom Farhan al - Bederi, who has had the greatest favour for the choice of the subject, after depending on God Almighty, who supported me much and facilitate troubles to complete my work. And the fact that national and university libraries does not only lack of the sources related directly to the Iranian constitutional revolution , but suffers from the scarcity of Persian sources and references also in this area, which form a crucial difficulty in obtaining them, which compelled me to travel to the Islamic Republic of Iran, despite the lack of time, and the hardship of traveling, and the difficult financial conditions, in order to obtain the maximum amount of authentic Persian and foreign sources, especially Russian and English and translated them into the Persian language, which are directly related to the search topic. Nature of the subject required to divide it into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the introduction included addressing to the importance of the subject and the motives behind choosing it and to address the overlapping of events, and the definition of its chapters, and analyze the sources and basic references, which were adopted by the study, while first chapter touched to penetrate and installation the Russian influence in Iran even in 1905, as a historical background is needed and very necessary, the goal behind it, follow it to penetrate the early links between Russia and Iran since the fifteenth century and then Russia for a variety of privileges economic conditions in Iran, which assisted in the installation of Russian influence, which Russia helped a lot to interfere in the internal affairs of Iran on the eve of the Constitutional revolution. Chapter II confronted the Russian situation on the Constitutional Revolution of Iran during the last years of the reign of Muzaffar al - Din Shah (1905 - 1907), to see the tsarist policy toward Iran, as one of the motives that led towards the outbreak of the Constitutional Revolution of 1905, as well as follow - up events of the Russian situation of the early events of constitutional revolution until August 5, 1906, and therefore the diagnosis of Russian activities practiced by Russia since the beginning to disrupt the constitutional revolution until the end of the rule of Muzaffar al - Din Shah in 1907. Chapter III of the statement was devoted to the Russian policy toward Iran, and its impact is to the development of the events of Iran during the reign of Mohammad Ali Shah (1907 - 1909), which was marked by the escalation of the revolutionary tide, and refused to colonial domination of the Russian - British alliance to divide the Iranian territory within the 1907 treaty between Britain and Russia , which helped a lot in the details of the Iranian interference events, to the extent that it sought to Qajari system support for the destruction of the National Consultative Council in June 1908 and to contribute to the return of Iran to the previous stage of despotism, which was named stage "small" from 1908 to 1909, which has suffered tyranny including much of the country. The fourth quarter and the last chapter was devoted to the orientation of the Russian policy and its situation of the Constitutional Revolution in the final phase (1909 - 1911), and of the new constitutional Covenant in Iran after opening Tehran and take off Muhammad Ali Shah on the throne of Iran, which was accompanied by internal crises which were for Russia the upper hand in their preparation and execution to serve its interests colonial in the country, making it stand strongly against the Schuster's mission reform, which was intended to address and organize the Iran financial and with many suffering from cases of idleness and disorder, disability, and then the decision of Russia to the fate of the Constitutional revolution of Iran after it insisted strongly on the imposition of the inevitable end of it and eliminate it in 1911
Summary:
References:

العلاقات العثمانية الفارسية في عهد القاجاريين 1795 - 1896 == Ottoman - Persian Relations During Qajareen Period (1795 - 1896)

Author name: نوران برهان علي
Supervisor name: فردوس عبد الرحمن كريم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: When studying the international relations between two countries, there are three possibilities : either cooperation or struggle or combination between them. Dealing with historical facts of the subject of the study lead us to explain the Persian - Ottoman relations within the third section.This relation is struggle one and three is no cooperation according to the circumstances of the stage. There is no doubt , that the relation has special importance , not because the importance of the two countries and their political momentousness in the region but because their interchangeable influence in political reality for each one and generally on the region sphere.The progress of relation indicates that each development whether internal or external in the politics of one of them may effect the other country directly or indirectly. For the significance of the study and lack of the studies that deal with Ottoman - Qajareen relations (1795 - 1896) , in this study we try to deal with all the development from all sides. The thesis is divided into introduction and three chapters. The first chapter deals with Persian - Ottoman relations during (1795 - 1823) consisting the most important disputed cases that are the reason for firing the war between the two sides. These cases are the attacks of Whabiya on Kerbella and the difficulties that the visitors and Pilgrims face when they pass through Ottoman lands in their way to holly shrines the tribes there and their role in breaking out the conflict,Al - Bapanin family , Persian - Ottoman war in (1821 - 1823) , signing the, Arthroom treaty and the role of European countries in first signing it. The second chapter deals with relations during (1823 - 1847) and the problems which are the reason for renewed the conflict among Al - Bapanin Princes, campaign of Ali Rudha against Muha mera, attack of Nejeeb Pusha on Kerbella and Prince - Persian discussions to solve the problems between two countries and sign second Arthroom treaty. The third chapter deals with Persian - Ottoman relations during(1847 - 1896).It includes cooperation and coordination with greatest countries regarding boundaries problems attitude of Persian from the Qerem War, visit of Nasar Aldean Shah to Baghdad and signs brcaties with Ottoman, calling of Sultan Abdel Hameed to form Islamic league. It is referred to rebellion of Abdella Al - Sheri and it's affect on politics. It also refers to Shat al - Arab problem and the role of European countries to fire the dispute inorde to serve their interests. It is depended in this thesis on number of documents which not published, documentary books, University theses and number of Arabic books and translated books into Arabic. In this thesis , the researcher reaches to number of results which are as following : The Persian - Ottoman relations are distinguished by prominent struggle which it is rooted to Jaldeeran battle in sixteen Century.This battle is the real beginning to this struggle. The area of this struggle extends from South of Basrah - Baghdad towards Hamadan or Bedra - Jasan to Sherezoor and inters Atherbeajan land Armenian land. The depth of this line extends from the West and reaches Basrah - Baghdad - Kirkuk - Arbil - Mosul then inters Diyar Bekar then Arthroom - Diyar Bekar Tbkis - This is the area of Persian - Ottoman struggle. The most important factor that contributes to continuity of dispute is violating the boundaries. There is violation , whenever signs treaty from the first Arthrooim treaty in1893 and second Arthroom treaty in 1847 to map out the boundaries and plan to the dispule. No side obligates in spite of interference of the greatest countries of the greatest Countries such as British and Russian. The British - Russian competition has impact on the relation between Persia and Ottoman especially the British interests which are very active through diplomatic efforts to again privileges which are granted as interference right to proleed its interest.
Summary:
References:

الكتلة الوطنية ودورها في لبنان 1935 - 1949

Author name: نور علاء يونس
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Summary:
References:

ال الاشعث وموقفهم من اهل البيت (عليهم السلام) == The Al - A'Shath And Their Position On The Ahlubayt

Author name: نور ضياء جعفر
Supervisor name: خضر عبد الرضا جاسم الخفاجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: In this study reviewed the Al - A'shath and attitude of the people of the house of the prophet Muhammad , peace be upon them all has been shown through the study the following results : - - That the Al - A'shath bin Qais Canadian due to the descent to the tribe of kinda the Al - A'shath leader of his people and their m aster. - The Al - A'shath bin Qais of the leading entrants to the prophet Muhammad , Peace be upon him and his family from the tribe of kinda. - Al - A'shath bin Qias attempt to prophet Muhammad , Peace be upon him and his family attributed to him to eat bran murar so based on a grandfather prophet Muhammed , peace be upon him and his family , but the apostle replied in response to a beautiful and told him that he be longs to parents , not to moms. - The Al - A'shath was the most prominent apostate after the death of prophet Muhammad , may Allah bless him and his family and his people reflect on the inability of faith in God and the reflect on the inability of faith in God and the prophet of them. - The concepts of tribalism and ignorance are in control of the Al - A'shath and the main motivation for their actions towards Ahlulbayt. - Al - A'shath is the son of Qais from affiliates of companions of Imam Ali , Peace be upon him and his Loyalists , however, he sought to undermine the effort forward because of jealousy and Guelleh. - The Al - A'shath prominent standing next to arbitration and insisted on choosing A Sh'ari who still potent in addressing Amr Ibn al - As result of this non thoughtful choice there were serious consequences led to the emergence of the Kharijites and held state Arab - Islamic days succession of Imam Ali , peace be upon him to internal conflicts and tent consequences. - Taking envy and rancor of Al - A'shath bin Qais to heart as big shares in mamra to participate in the killing of Imam Ali , Peace be upon him by the son mg. - In addition to the deviations of the Al - A'shath what I did crumple girl Al - A'shath against Imam Hassan Peace be upon him , where toatet with his enemies to get back at him and was able to call it that betrays Jehodha for ward Hassan peace be upon him and hide in the same from him the ball. - The machinations of the Al - A'shath did not stop at this point , the descent improper arises atomic corrupt moving on perdecessors approach to the hostility of the people of the house was both Mohammed and Qais son Al - A'shath negative role in the revolution of Imam Hussein , Peace be upon him which was the first victim Ambassador of Imam Hussein and his cousin Muslim bin Ageel and then after hi, Imam Hussein peace be upon him he became a target. - Al - A'shath were the sons of those participated in the fighting of Imam Hussein , peace and robbed him and who took part in the procession to the Levant where stepper Cano of carrying warheads dishonest Fajlalon cursed history. - Was the Al - A'shath bin Qais wake Amtazoa ptqrabhm Strain of the pure Imams Ahlulbayt likes of Imam Al Sadiq and Al Kadhim and Al Raza peace be upon them result in chiahm their followers and people of the house they approach the peace. - Influenced by Jaafar bin Mohammed bin Al - A'shath Imam Jaafer Al Sadiq and Imam Al Kadhim peace be upon them. - Taking Mohammed bin Mohammed bin Al - A'shath on his shoulder novel conversations people of the house known paljlaat which is transmitted from the people of the house exclusively. - It was Abbas bin Jaafar bin Mohammed bin Al - A'shath contact Imam Raza peace be upon him.
Summary:
References:

مشكلات الحدود العراقية مع دول الجوار الجغرافي العربي (1937 - 1968) == The Problems Of Iraqi Boundaries With Arabic Geographic Neighbors 1937 - 1968

Author name: نور سالم مجيد عودة
Supervisor name: منتهى طالب سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the international border problem of topics thorny and complex because they require knowledge of the historical, political, geographical and legal aspects with geographical neighbors of the country you want to study its borders.Since the establishment of the new Iraqi state border problems with the Arab geographical neighbors appeared on the political scene, and it was the most important of Iraq's attempt to obtain access to the sea overlooking the Arabian Gulf as Iraq has only a few kilometers are not commensurate with its economic potential, especially oil. So I began to border problems with Kuwait, along with the emergence of tribal problems and how to establish security and stability in the border areas and the problems related to water and oil pipelines to the border problems with Saudi Arabia, Syria, Jordan appeared.Thread derives its significance from the Iraqi border problems is one of the most important problems faced by successive Iraqi governments since independence in Iraq's modern history, which is still interesting for researchers, especially in the field of international political borders of Iraq. From this perspective has been chosen subject of the study (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems : 1937 - 1968), was identified in 1937, the beginning of the study because of that this year the Iranian pressure on Iraq and demanding half Shatt al - Arab began forcing him to relinquish his stake in This water as he went to look for sea port on the Arabian Gulf, which raised border problems with Kuwait and then the rest of the Arab countries, were also identified in 1968, the end of this school year because it is the seventeenth of July coup occurred against the government of Abdul Rahman Mohammed Arif. In the wake of the coup saw the Middle East, important events have influenced later in Iraq's relations with the Arab geographical neighbors.This study tries to answer substantive questions, including : 1. what the real reasons behind the emergence of the Iraqi border problems Kaa Arab geographical neighbors?2. You had to Britain's role in fomenting the Iraqi border problems or resolved?3. What are the main border agreements and treaties that Iraq held with the Arab geographical neighbors to maintain international political boundaries?4. What are the key aspects of Iraq's border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems?5. Is the Arab countries cooperated with Iraq to resolve border disputes clans?6. How did the Iraqi border problems in its relations with the Arab geographical neighbors?7. Is Iraq reach a definitive solution to solving the border problems with the Arab geographical neighbors, especially with Kuwait, or is this Malfah problems between the two sides remained?Message material distributed to the introduction and four chapters and an epilogue, taking the first chapter, which was titled (the Iraqi border with the Arab geographical proximity 1921 - 1937 countries problems), a preliminary study is necessary, as it included four topics first addressed, including the Iraqi border problem - alkwytah reviewing the beginning of the problem and its roots and the way Iraqi border demarcation - alkwytah as well as smuggling border problems, he said, the second Iraqi border problems KSA reviewing conferences held between the two countries to resolve the problems of abuses tribal border as well as the disputed border outposts, while the third section emphasized the Iraqi border problems - Syrian explained border conferences held between the two sides and the results released on the border of the Syrian - Iraqi problems, while confirmed the fourth section on the Iraqi border with Transjordan problems (the Kingdom of Jordan later) of this section has been tracking the problems between the two countries and explain the demarcation of the border between the two lines, as well as tribal excesses on this line.The second chapter entitled came (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems 1937 - 1958) were distributed among the scientific article on the four topics addressed first Iraqi border problems - alkwytah during this period, presenting an overview of the extent of the impact of the Second World War on the border and survival as it is a result of concern British in the war, but the end of the war saw the forties attempt Iraqi government to drag Kuwait to join the Arab Hashemite Union and resulted from negotiations on it, and ensure that the second section of the Iraqi border problems KSA reviewing Section positive steps that have taken place between the two sides and the resulting from the signing of several agreements borders , and in particular the management of neutrality zone and the subordination of the tribes reportedly water in 1938 also touched on the May Revolution (May 1941) and the extent of their impact on the Iraqi border, KSA, and the third section was devoted to the study of border problems of the Syrian - Iraq, particularly smuggling and disputes between tribes located on the border issues between the two countries during the forties and fifties of the monarchy, and the fourth section shed light on Iraq's border with the problems of Transjordan (later the Kingdom of Jordan) and to clarify the extent of the impact of international events and Anhecasha on the border with Iraq, Transjordan.The third chapter trace (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems through loud First Covenant 19,058 - 1963) consisted of four topics first addressed the Iraqi border problems - alkwytah during the Republican era and the arrival of the first leader Abd al - Karim Qasim to power and re - announcing Kuwait home Mother causing an international crisis reflected on the relations with the Arab Jawaraljgrave countries, and between the second section of the Iraqi border problems KSA and explained the position of Saudi Arabia from the revolution and the new system of governance and the extent of fear of Saudi Arabia, followed cautious policy toward Iraq, he said, the third section of the Iraqi - Syrian border problems He highlighted the Shawwaf movement in Mosul in 1959 and over the effects on the border between the two problems, as well as the historic meeting that took place between the leader Abdul Karim Qasim and Nazim Qudsi President of Syria in the humid Nizqh border to settle the border between the two problems, which was a positive step to strengthen the relations between them, The fourth section shed light on the Iraqi border problems between - alardnah and extent of the impact of international events and circumstances at border crossing points after switching system of the State of the Royal Republican to Iraq.The fourth chapter devoted to the statement (the Iraqi border with neighboring countries, geographical problems during the second republican era from 1963 to 1968) and included four topics touched on the first of them to the Iraqi - Kuwaiti border problems and the development of the new Iraqi policy pursued towards Kuwait and the resulting expected Minutes or agreement in October 1963, which recognized Iraq through Kuwait and its borders and sovereignty, which form such an agreement obstacle to the border between the two countries, the negotiations, especially after the return of Kuwaiti government to confessions and previous evidence relating to the borders of the year (1932), dealt with the second section of the Iraqi KSA border problems and explain the effectiveness of signing treaties and agreements between the two countries and their impact in the second republican era, Chapter III handled the Iraqi border problems - Syrian and the crisis of Iraqi oil to Syria in 1966, and included the fourth section of the Iraqi border problems - alardnah statement international events and crises in that particular - alasra?alah Arab war in 1967 through the participation of Iraqi military units and cross - border support for the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan at the time.So the Iraqi border with the Arab geographical neighbors problem of the main problems faced by successive Iraqi governments since independence to the present day Fasttaat Iraqi governments, some of which solution and others not resolved so far and has become a chronic problem, particularly with regard to the previous Kuwait forget the politics that were walking by both the two countries. Can resolve border problems by strengthening the bonds of economic and cultural relations and to move away from the spirit of hostility and gain at the expense of the other party
Summary:
References:

ايران في عهد الشاه سلطان حسين (1694 - 1722م) == Iran In The Period Of Shah Sultan Hussein,S Reign ( 1694 - 1722 A. D.)

Author name: نهلة نعيم عبد العالي ال بطي
Supervisor name: سميرة عبد الرزاق عبد الله العاني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Safavid state was formed of Turkumans Toides which known as Aelkezlba and inspite of the hard mysterious situations and accomapanying events that the state came through include the intermittent conflicts with the nighabours states such as oHomanic state which the main reason of conflect between them was the secaterian difference.but the safavid state had kept it,s power somehow specifically in age of first shah - Abas.but after while the state started to fall apart gradually by the age of first shah - Abas. During this time safavid state had seen social and economic problems led it goes down gradually,all this problems due to the first Abas shah because deliberately he killed princes of Safavid fimily ,this scene has been reflected on the desting of de Safavid state and it,s policy later on. When shah safi took the throne he has followed abloody policies later on had created lots of problems and had lost many lands used to be important and strategic for Safavid state. The second factor was the administrative system dispite the different foundations of Safavid,s state it has los it,s efficiency in performance as well as the rulers started. chacing to reach jobs and Salaries ,since the shah was spineless and driven as well as surround by foreign consoltants who did not give him the opportunity to choose snitable cadres to ful fill management positions dep on the former corruptor officers though. The only trouble that been faced by Safavid state was rip.and rivalry between officials,chairmen and rulers though its been clear that these factors drove the state to fall apart soon , as well as they became tax collectors. During the previous factors, arich class had been fromd and negatively affected the society, conflects it was not expected in these situations , to make workhose case for the foundations of safavid state.because these foundations have closed the Gates Upon all people , and became open just for people of benefits.That’s why management, jobs have been baugh, soch as well as money and fortune have always been inhirited infact its due to internal System instability which let the military foundation to be week and powerless after it was the core of Safavid,s state to face all conflects,s parts first Sha - Abas has formed military forces aims to find alteratives for the ancient foundation which has been ruled by Ael kezlbah to make it weak not to cancel It ,as well as this army was completely different than previous ones, Aftermath, Gorgies have poped up and showed these nations later on after weakness of loiality creed for shah and the state. According to this the foundation of religion has faced many changes.and replacements.with in the last years of safavids.Government, as well as religion,s entTiy was correlated to the political and Social situating to circuamstances, Though by this way the destiny of safavids state and its collapse have been the main reason religion entcty collapas. According to this we can figureout the factors of weakness which the safavids state had faced after long age of power either these factors wer characterized in the recipes of shah , leaders or curriculum.Though , Its been clear that the factors of weakness are more specially the character of shah.because shah wasn,t pwerfull authority and able to rule the state with specifications thate.in d time full of events ,conspiracies and internal revolutions, as well as since economic situations.which affected the social and political status, which the outcomes and resources - of commerce became so weak and few.Way the total responsibility of state collapse can not be on the head of shah sultan Husain.because in contrast between his age and ages before him we can find that.who social and conomic problems that state has faced belong to, ruled before him specially, shah suliman , as well as the chargcs against shah sultan Husain have been proved in this study ,that.The main reason of disintergration that happened to the community due to the shah first Abas who delebarately killd the princes of safavids family.
Summary:
References:

المراة في كتاب الاصابة في تمييز الصحابة لابن حجر العسقلاني (ت : 852هـ/1448م) : دراسة تاريخية == Women In The Book Of Al - Esaba By Ibn Hajar Al - Asqlaani (D. 852 A.H./1448 AD) A Historical Study

Author name: نهاد نعمة مجيد الشمري
Supervisor name: وئام عدنان عباس النعيمي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The book of (Al - Esaba fi Tameez Al - Sahaba) is considered as one of the most important writings in the study of the life of the companions. Women have also had their own share of attention in the writings of Ibn hajar Al - Asqlaani (D. 852 A.H./1448 AD). He tackled the biographies of women in some details. Throughout our observation of the biographies of women, we found that Ibn hajar has traced the life of women from birth until death, and all that is related to the religious, political, cultural and economic life. To him, the favor belongs in knowing the names of the culture of female companions in all the provinces of Islamic world through knowing their names, brothers, relatives etc. Choosing the topic is undertaken where women in all sphere of life in the first and second centuries AH. The necessary require dividing the thesis into a Preface and four chapters. The preface is a brief account of the age of Ibn Hajar Al - Asqalani and the statement of his political, economic, social and cultural status for knowing the effect of his historical writing. Chapter One is the scientific and academic biography of the author and divided into two inquiries. First we stated his biography, name, surname, birth, family and bringing up until death. The second inquiry tackles the scientific life of the author from the beginning of his acquisition which includes his tutors (Sheiyukh), his travels inside and outside Egypt, his travel to the Levant, Yemen and other regions. The inquiry also tackles his functions and scientific efforts. Chapter Two includes three inquiry : the first inquiry studies the book of(Al - Esaba fi Tameez Al - Sahaba) and stating the importance and the value of the book. The second inquiry is devoted to the outline of the book which includes the style of Ibn Hajar in his book like references, repetition. Chapter Three studies the sources of Ibn Hajar which is divided into two inquiries. The first inquiry tackles the quotation from the source, and the second inquiry studies the sources of different religious sciences and historical writings. Chapter Four sheds the light on the public life ion four inquiries. The first inquiry concentrates on the missionary and jihadist role of women, the second inquiry on the scientific activity, the third on the economic role of women and the fourth is concentrates on the social and living of women like traditions of marriage, engagement, child rearing, etc. The study comes up to the following findings : 1. Ibn hajar Al - Asqlaani comprehended all the writings of his age. 2. Islam has cared for women and encouraged it to learn and consecrated for them many rules.3. He marked out the role of women in all aspects of life.4. The book of (Al - Esaba fi Tameez Al - Sahaba) has done a great favor for the students of the biographies of the companions in the 1st century. 5. Our Islamic history is still in need for studies of the hidden treasures.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات التركية - الامريكية خلال حكم الحزب الديمقراطي 1950 - 1960 : دراسـة تاريخية == Turco - American Relations During The Rule Of The Turkish Democratic Party 1950 - 1965 An Historical Study

Author name: نغم عبد الهادي مهدي حسن شبع
Supervisor name: قبس ناطق محمد الدليمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many studies have done by Iraqi scholars on the Turco - American relations since the eighties of the last century. The reasons are obvious : Turkey is Iraq’s neighbor and it enjoys an important geo - strategic position in the Middle East, Asia and Europe. The second reason lies in the growing influence which the United states of America played after the World War II in the world. Therefore , we argue that studying the Turco. American relations during the fifties of the last century is important since the Middle East had witnessed many dangerous developments affected its countries and the world in general. This thesis is a study of the Turco - American relations during the years 1950 - 1960, namely the era of the Turkish Democratic party (T D C). The sources on which this study is based range from unpublished documents, documentary books which have used document mainly, books and articles.These books are in many languages : Arabic, Turkish and English.This study is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one gives a historical background to the Turco - American relations since the nineteenth century until 1950.Chapter two concentrates on the policy of the (TDC) in Turkey during the years 1950 - 1960. It tries to shed light on how this party reached to power in Turkey and its effect on the Turkish political scene. How far the advent of the party did affect on the relationships between Turkey and the United states?Chapter three is devoted to examine Turkish position and attitudes towards regional and international alignments and alliance. It studies why did Turkey join the north Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) and how Turkey allowed the united states to establish military bases in Turkey and how far this affected the relations between the two states to establish the relations between the two states. This chapters deals also with the Turkish. and American attitudes towards the formation of the Middle East Defense Organisation and of the Baghdad pact.Chapter four deals with the regional and global crises which happened during the period covered and its effects on the Turco - American relations. It begins with the Eisenhower Doctrine of 1957, the Syrian crisis and the role played by Turkey and the United States, the Lebanese crisis and the relations between them, the crush of the American U.2 Plane and finally the military coup in Turkey in 1960 and the defeat of the (TDC) in the election of 1960.
Summary:
References:

موارد سبط بن العجمي (ت884هـ/1479م) ومنهجه في كتابه كنوز الذهب في تاريخ حلب == Ibn Al - Ajmi Tribe Of Resources (D. 884 AH / 1479 AD) And His Method In His Book The Treasures Of Gold In The History Of Aleppo

Author name: نعمة شكر محمود علي الجبوري
Supervisor name: نعمة شهاب جمعة اليوسف
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: From the former exposition of references and methodology of the author and what is related to it, It could have concluded the most important matters on which " Subt Ibn Al - Ajmi" paid huge concern in his Book " Kinuz Al - Thahab Fi Tarikh Halib" ( Treasures of Gold in the History of Aleppo). I could have concluded it in the following : The Book over mentioned is actually local encyclopedic composition and the author has divided it into two parts , in the 1st part, he planned for Aleppo during the period he has lived , while the 2nd part includes incidents and deaths during the period he contemporized. The author hugely concerned over mentioning references of his information either taken from an individual or from men of religion or doctrine or sect. He paid much attention on varying his methods as to get to the information from its sources as reading, listening and questions. He also has concerned over utterances and methods indicating to the contemporary and has given strength and reliability for his narrations. He did not cease at exposing and showing his narrations and information, but actually he mentioned many sources for the information and balanced between these narrations; besides always choosing the right one. The author is a skillful critic and being accurate in his narrations and writings. He relied on commitment that being considered as an indication for his concern on documentation. The author has bases and laws to accept narrations or refused them or to strengthen or weaken them. He cared to specify the narrator whom he took from, by showing that he descends from a specific country or from a definite doctrine. His text in many places and this indicated that he documented everything. Moreover, he interested the former studies and authors, asking for summary. He got back to books of history, wrote dates and news in addition to writing kinships, translations and poetry. This is indicated that he is prolific and varied in all domains. The author depends on the narrations preserved from the written narrations; he explained some maters and details concerning with the information.
Summary:
References:

صبري العسلي ودوره السياسي في سورية (1903 - 1958) == Sabri Al - Asali And His Political Role In Syria (1903 - 1958)

Author name: نسرين فيصل داود
Supervisor name: ظاهر محمد صكر الحسناوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many authors and researchers shed their attention on the history of Syria , which passed through significant events which had a huge effect in the history of the Arab Homeless therefore , The history of Syria was studied from all sides , especially by Syrian researchers in particular , and Arab researchers in general. However , there are characters which have great role in the events which Syria passed through , and which have not studied and highlighted objectively. Regardless of the roles and positions taken by those characters m but they have become of great significant , which the researcher cannot ignore them without concentrating on those characters , especially outside Syria m because the political situations in Syria were reflected on many researchers m who were not objective in their judgments on those characters we have mentioned , nad it was necessary to study the policy which sabri al - asali adopted in the history of Syria and its effect on the course of events , whether in Syria or the Arab surrounding. The character of sabri Al - asali represented an influential axis in the course of the politic vents not only in Syria , but also in the Arab area , nudging his attitude on the triple charter , Beside his outstanding role in revealing the murderers of Adnan Al Maliki. Which the western countries were responsible for is murder. Beside his role in the issue of suez and the support of Syria to Egypt in this serious issue , respite the warning of the western countries to Syria to participate , still Sabri Al - asali declared that Syria would support Egypt. The thesis aims to study the life of Sabri Al - asali and his prominent political activities the history of Syria , through reviewing his upbringing life , and emergence the course of events his implementing many actions on the internal and external veils and his attitudes about the serious and multiple rab issues. The thesis consists of an introduction , our chapters and a conclusion , The first chapter discuss the origion of the family of Sabri Al - asali , his life activities his attributes and the start of his political activity through the great Syrian revolution in 1925 against the French occupation and joining the rationalist Action league , then joining the national block m and contributing in the elections of 1943 , the contributing in the Syrian ministries , especially minis interior. In the second ministry of fares Al - khoury in 1945 a minister of justice in the third ministry of fares Al - khoury in 1945 , then as aminister of interior once again in 1946 in the ministry of daadallah Al - jabr then joining the national party to become asecretary in 1947 , and his participating in the ministry of Jamil Mardam in 1948 , and the attitude of the National party from the coup of Hosni AL - Zaeem , also the attitude of the National party from the coup of sami AL - Hinawi in 1949. The second chapter deals with the attitude of al - Asali from the combination of 1950 and his attitude from the Ministry of the people‘s party , also the combination of his first ministry in 1954. AL - Asali role in the Arab - syrian relationships, Handling the Internal proticipation in the elections of the minisry of Saeed AL - Ggazzi. As well as the third chapter deals with studying the second ministry of Sabri AL - Asali in 1955, and the position of the ministry from the international alliances, The Internat policy of the ministry ,The Amenric and Bmerican and pressures, on the government of AL - Asali ؛ The Egyptian Support to the attitude of Syria from Baghdad pact and AL - Maliki alliance, Sabri AL - Asali had a role in prosecuting the murders of Adnan AL - Moliki, and the resignation of the ministry. The fourth chapter traces the third ministry of Sabri AL - Asali in 1956, Nehru and Shbelor in Damascus, The Approach of the third ASalian Ministry, The actirity from the internal disagreements in the Military Institution, The Syrian attitude from the nationalization of the Suez canal the ministry and the development of events in the middle east the aggravation of the third ministry in 1975 the attitude of the ministry from Eisenhower doctrine ,new development In The Syrian - Egyptian Relationships New Development To The Iraq - Syrian Relationships Development of The internal Situation in Syria , The Israeli - Arab Conflict ,The Policy of Positive Neutrality , the Deterioration of Relationships With The Arab - Gorden - Iraq - Egypt and Syria Al - Asali as Advice president to the Unity State , The Resignation of Al - Asali and his quitting The political life.
Summary:
References:

الادباء ودورهم الاجتماعي في العصر العباسي في القرنين الرابع والخامس الهجريين == Literati And Their Social Role In Abbasid Age At Fourth And Fifth Hijri Centuries

Author name: ندى محمد عزيز
Supervisor name: عبد الكريم عز الدين صادق الاعرجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This study has specified on literati s and their social role in Abbasid age at fourth and fifth Hijri centuries , and it is historical and social study that reveals the different phases of their daily and personal life and its influences on Islamic community in general. The study stands on selective models of the most famous with wide reputation in Iraq and east Islamic states and Levant through the period of this study , who are so famous with their specific literatures , the dignity of their ranks and highness of their values, the study reveals their special position on writing poetry and editing wonderful discourses, and they have succeeded in the field of satisfied and acceptable dealing and correct guide with organized phrases and selective words.There are many reasons to study this thesis which are the close attach with humanitarian activities of nowadays society and another reason most of studies that dealing with Abbasid age in fourth and fifth centuries focused on the political and social upheavals that are likely to lead to disturbances and bloody conflicts and the social life of articles didn’t get enough study with only just few spots on their studies.This study implies three chapters starts with introduction and ends with conclusion and contains concluded results of thesis, and confirmed by main resources and references that are relied on this study.The chapter one contains “The community composition of literati s” that involves three sections , the first section reveals graces and sectarians which are the literati s belonged in, which are Arabic , Persian , Turkish and Romanian. The second section refers to the religious origin of literati which involves the Jewish , Christina , Sabean literati s and their influences on community, the third section deals with careers and crafts of literati which are coats and priories , writer , papermakers, teachers , doctors , businessmen and public career and craft.The second chapter deals with social traditions of literati and includes three sections, first section involves the clothes and their kinds and classes , the second section involves the eating behaviors and foods and drinks , the third section deals with social activities of literati and first one is about family life in affiance marital contract and child education and divorces of literati ,and also included the ceremonies and vacation in Ramadan month and Al - fitir Eid and Adhha Eid and Persian new Year's Day Destival day. The third chapter displays the (living life of literati) which included three sections , the section one is about the study of living life level of literati represnent by special , public and poor ranks, while the section two talks about the social moral of literati that includes the praise and indignity moral, the third section specified with social meetings that include the private and public literati’s meeting , and speaks about the method of entertainment such sports that restricted by chess , nerd and animal , and all the all success came from Allah
Summary:
References:

حزب الاتحاد الوطني السوداني الافريقي " سانو" (1958 - 1972) : دراسة تاريخية == National Union Of Sudan African Party ((Sano)) (1958 - 1972) (Historical Study)

Author name: ندى حسين علي حمد الجبوري
Supervisor name: منتهى طالب سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Founded in southern Sudan, a number of political parties during the era of the fifties of the twentieth century was for each of its programs and activities and weight in Sudanese society and its influence in political life and was Among the most important of these parties (the Patriotic Union of Sudan African Party)(Sano), who played a major key role in Silver South Sudan. The importance of this study is to analyze addressed to the ideas and activities of th party And his calls to demand for autonomy for the south Ensure that the first chapter (political transformations in Sudan until 1958)The second chapter is titled (National Union of Sudan African Party and the position of the military government of it until the year 1964) The reasons for determining the subject in the period between (1958 - 1972) where 1958 is the year of the signs of either party establishment in 1972, the year in which the party was able to achieve its goals in South Sudan to get on autonomy.1 - How did Ibrahim Abboud policy problem in South Sudan ? 2 - What is the role of the party (Sano) in the round - table conference in 1965?The third chapter was titledhe fourth chapte (National Union of Sudan African Party Sano civilian government until 1969) T r entitled the National Union of Sudan African Party Sano second military rule 1969. Influenced Ibrahim Abboud's policy towards the problem of southern Sudan through the end the parliamentary system in the country and his arbitrary policy in southern Sudan led to the migration of many intellectuals and southern parliamentarians to neighboring countries and founded a number of organizations and associations and parties such as the Christian Association of Sudan, which turned out to be the Patriotic Union of Sudanese regions Party sealed which turn to the Union National Party Sudanese and African (Sano).Sano Party has led a major role in the Round Table Conference in 1965, especially after the defections, which affected the party between William Deng and Agheri serious and was on its impact on the party split into two wings moderate wing led by William Deng, who called for a federal system between the north and south wing extremist led by Agheri serious which called for the secession of southern Sudan from the north was like two wings Sano Party delegation In Roundtable Conference
Summary:
References:

نديم الباجه جي ودوره الاقتصادي والسياسي (1914 - 1976) == Nadim Al. Pachachi Economic And Political Role 1914 - 1976

Author name: نداء خضير مبارك الزيدي
Supervisor name: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Occupies study historical figures a place prominent, so it has received considerable attention by researchers in the field of history, from the premise that a person is a historic event maker and understanding of the circumstances and the nature of his intellectual and principles which security by an order of the utmost importance in the understanding of historical events that contributed to the manufacture, This interest shows clearly in academic studies in Iraqi universities, due to the characteristic of the modern history of Iraq and the presence of a large number of characters, which resulted in different roles, according to the circumstances of the personal privacy of the length of time lived. It is these characters Nadim Pachachi, who is Onmozja was able to combine economic and political spheres to serve the country, especially that of economic minds that have contributed to the founding of the pillars of the Iraqi economy and have seen progress in the period after World War II until the end of the monarchy in Iraq in 1958. The objective of the study to know the social roots of Nadim Pachachi and to clarify the economic and political activity, and to answer the questions that inspire students and those interested in ideas on contemporary Iraq, such as knowledge of the nature of the role of Nadeem Pachachi in shaping Iraq's economic policy, and his efforts in holding economic agreements with Arab countries such as Syria and Lebanon , and foreign countries such as Italy, as well as to identify the nature of the reconstruction policy adopted in that era, and his role in the Iraqi parliament, and what are the main achievements of his ministry that emulated and what his philosophy in oil policy presented by the Arab countries in his capacity as adviser to oil them, including Libya and Kuwait and Abu Dhabi, and its role in the Secretariat of OPEC after traveling outside of Iraq following the July 14 Revolution in 1958. This study consisted of four chapters and a conclusion and a set of appendices, as well as provided material that illustrate the importance of the message and determine the most important contents. The first chapter titled (birth and upbringing administrative and economic activity until 1952) was devoted to the study of Nadim Pachachi ratios, and the circumstances of the arrival of his family to Iraq until stability in Mosul, and then travels to Baghdad, social, economic and political role, as well as birth and upbringing, study, and Pena the administrative and economic activity early, passing through several economic positions he holds, and its role in contract agreements with Arab and foreign countries then held equally by oil profits agreement with foreign companies on February 3 1952. The second chapter I studied it (his involvement in the Iraqi ministries and his mandate) Nadeem Pachachi has served as the Ministry of Economy in the ministries of Mustafa Omari (July 12, 1952 - November 1952 23) and the Ministry of Nur al - Din Mahmoud in (November 23, 1952 - January 29, 1953) and highlighted the achievements of his ministry in the oil and agriculture, industry and trade sector, as well as taking in the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of beautiful artillery seventh (7 May 1953 - 17 September 1953) and the most prominent achievements of his ministry Urban. He dedicated the third quarter which was included under the title of (his contribution to the Ministries of Nuri Said twelfth and thirteenth 3 August 1954 - 20 June 1957) to study the causes of Astaizharh the post of Minister of Economy and ministerial achievements marked by the development of industry, trade and oil, and find out the ways in which in his ministry to address the deteriorating economic conditions in the country. She studied in the fourth quarter (economic and political role June 20, 1957 - the end of July 1972) was devoted to know the helm of the Ministry of Economy and ages in the Ministry of the circumstances of Ali Jawdat Ayoubi (June 20, 1957 - December 14, 1957) and the achievements of his ministry, as well as finance minister in the ministries of Abdul Wahab Morgan and Ahmed Mukhtar Baban (15 December 1957 - 14 July 1958) and the achievements of his ministry, and then his experts and advisers oil to the governments of Arab countries, notably Kuwait, Libya and Abu Dhabi, and assuming the Secretariat of OPEC (1 December 1971 - January 1972) and the end of his activity and his death in 1976. Conclusion The study included the most important findings of the researcher scientific results in light of its contents, and I sought through supplements publishing important documents on the subject of the study.
Summary:
References:

النساء في كتاب الطبقات الكبرى لابن سعد (ت230هـ/844م) : دراسة تحليلية == The Women In The Tabaqaat Al - Kubraa By Ibn Saad (D. 230/844 AC) Analytical Study

Author name: جلاء عبد الكريم خليفة
Supervisor name: عبد الكريم عز الدين صادق الاعرجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The book of tabaqaat Al - Kubraa by the author Ibn Saad (D. 230 A.H/844 AC) is one of the pride of Muslims which was composed the early movement which was in the process of authorship of the Islamic Arabic history (themes). What increases the importance of this book is the author’s (Mohammed ben Saad 230 AH/844 AC)ability to collect data and referring them to their source. The author cared for women to a great extent and detailed their lives and revealed all the aspects of their scientific, social and economic lives in addition the political and miliarty aspects. He consecrated a section entitled “Tabaqaat Al - Nissa.” The above has motivated to study of women which is regarded as the oldest documentation from the heritage. The necessity required to divide the study into three sections which include many chapters. It includes an introduction and a conclusion and a list and modern references. The first section : tackles the methodology of Ibn Saad (230/844 AC) ad his resources in tabaqaat books includes four chapters : Chapter one is a concentrated in the age of Ibn Saad in many aspects which characterize the Abbasid Caliphate during the period in which Ibn Saad had lived. Chapter Two includes two inquiries; the first is about the biography of the authors his name, nickname and surname and then birth and features and finally his death. While second is concerned with his scientific vitae starting from his travels seeking knowledge and his sheikhs and disciples and finally his writings. Chapter Three tackles the methodology of ibn Saad and resources in Tabaqaat Al - Kubra. Chapter Four tackles the methodology of ibn Saad in tabaqaat Al - Nisaa in five inquiries : the first inquiry tackles the basis of arrangement of Tabaqaat Al - Nisaa, the second tackles the scientific vitae of the women, the third tackles the methodology features of tabaqaat Al - Nisaa and the fifth tackles the sources of tabaqaat Al - Nisaa. The second section is devoted to the study of the women’s efforts in the book of Tabaqaat Al - Kubra in five chapters : the first chapter is devoted to the study of the sources of women culture in the era of mission; while the direct the narration of prophet Mohammed (PBUH), the third tackles the narrations about the prophet (PBUH) and other women and men in that age. Chapter Four is devoted to the study of the role of women in the service of historical narrations.The Third Section is a detailed study of the lives of women in general in Tabaqaat Al - Kubraa including three chapters; the first includes a comprehensive study if the social life of women. The second includes a study of the role of women in the call of Allah and the projection of religious, and the third chapter tackles themiliatry and political role of women through the following themes : the political attitudes of women and the proximateness of women to men in the attacks and wars.The study entitled “The Women in the tabaqaat Al - Kubraa by ibn Saad (D. 230/844 AC)” comes up to many findings such as : 1 - The book of Tabaqaat Al - Kubraais considered as a huge encyclopedia that includes the various aspects of life whethercultural, intellectual, social and economic and constructional.2 - The study gives an analytical perspective of the high ability of ibn Saad to criticize the texts concerning each character and employing them in the biography study. The biography appears complete from birth to death. 3 - The study showed the ability of Ibn Saad to understand the movement of Islamic history starting from the prophetic era for two centuries. 4 - The study proved the diligence of women to get knowledge of religion from their original sources.5 - Women were characterized form men in the era of mission in a high degree of accuracy and scientific honesty in the conveyance of the hadiths and the honorable prophet tradition in addition to being trustworthy in their narrations about the prophet (Peace be upon him). 6 - The book of tabaqaat Al - Kubraa has rendered a sublime service to the science of hadith and Sunna through the exposure of in addition to what Ibn Saad had added. Thus, the structure of the hadith has become complete. 7 - The study showed through the text which was mentioned by Ibn Saad in the era of mission the status of women and their features like honesty, integrity, bravery and frugality.In the end I wish I have been successful in conveying a clear picture about women in all the aspects of their cultural, scientific, social and economic and political lives according to the narrations of Ibn Saad that express his wide knowledge and his methodology and style.
Summary:
References:

السـيـد عـبـد العــزيـز الحكـيـم ودوره السياسي في العراق 1950 - 2009 : دراسة تاريخية == Abdul Aziz Al - Hakim And His Political Role In Iraq 1950 - 2009 (Historical Study)

Author name: نبيل محمد خليفه العلوي
Supervisor name: وسن سعيد عبود الكرعاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The historical period in which Al - Hakim lived in is considered one of the most prominent stages in the history of contemporary Iraq of which the academic studies are still limited. This study enables us to monitor many of the political events that Iraq passed through and AlHakim interacted with. The study consists of an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter is entitled ( AbdulAziz Al - Hakim and the development of the Personal, Social and Political until 1980) , it has three sections, discussed his Lineage, upbringing , study and personality, the effect of his mentor Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadir in selecting his political path. While the second chapter is entitled (The political role for AbdulAziz Al - Hakim outside Iraq (1980 - 2003)), is divided into sections, his political activity in Syria that he practiced during his stay in Iran, also states his position from the invasion of Kuwait in 1990 and the events followed that war, finally it discusses his role in the Iraqi opposition conferences before 2003. Chapter three was specified to study the (Role of Abdul Aziz Al - Hakim in Iraq after 2003) in two sections in which the chapter discusses a lot of segments most prominent the periodical presidency for transitional governing council and his attitude from the state management law for the transitional period , his role in forming and leading the unified Iraqi coalition and his attitude from the permanent constitute formulation for 2015 and from the first parliament elections that Iraqi witnessed after 2003 and his two visits to Washington, and finally his preparations for the provincial council elections for 2009. The fourth chapter studies (The political and social proposals of AbdulAziz Al - Hakim for the reality of Iraq and its future) in three sections, it studies his treatments for the problems of the political operation in Iraq, his view for the basis of social rise in Iraq, and finally the chapter tackles his sickness until his death. The study has reached to conclusions, among them is that Al - Hakim has been affected by Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadir as he considered him a political leader for him until 1980 and after the execution of the latter he was affected by the approach of his brother Mohammed Baqir Al - Hakim as he took him a political leader for him, this affect was accompanied by practicing important political roles that Al - Hakim did until 2003, as he returned to Iraq and became a prominent leader who largely participated in the political events in Iraq until his death on 26 August 2009.
Summary:
References:

اخبار الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) في كتاب انساب الاشراف للبلاذري (ت279هـ) : دراسة مقارنة == Imam Al - Hussein (Peace Be Upon Him) In The Book Of Ansaab Al - Ashraf By Al - Balatheri (D. 279 A.H./ 892 AD) : A Comparative Study

Author name: نادية عبد اللطيف داخل
Supervisor name: عكرمة كامل محمد الساعدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Thank Allah almighty with goodness and blessing for his greatness and generosity and prayers be upon the best of prophets and messengers Abu Alqassim Mohamed Bin Abdullah and on Virtuous family. Allah Said (Allah wants to keep impure away from you the(Prophet )family and purify you).( )Yes purify them and make their likeness the way to approach Allah the almighty.It is well known the highness of Imam AL Hussein ( P B U H) and his great degree in spirits and minds of Muslims in all the times of Islam history.The greatness of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) accompanied by wide writing movement. Some of it takes the biography which are featured by the Muslim and non Muslim writers writings.Some modern studies approach to introduce the values of Al Hussein reawakening as expressional method in Islamic history. With all this greatness, expansion and variety, the critical and comparison sense method was absent somehow in this writing movement.The importance of this subject is that the revolution of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) is one of the most important revolutions that occupied the human thinking, because it was not normal event but important event in history.The historian whatever his believes and doctrine have to refer to it in brief or in details according to his point of view and to his thinking knowledge. If we look at all who wrote the revolution AL Hussein (P B U H), we find them felt little before its greatness except little individuals who their spirits full of hate towards the prophet family and sell their conscious by money and high positions.The subject of the research is Al - Balathery's (Ansab Alashraf) who lived in third century of Hijra. This century was one of the most flourishing times in Islamic history.The Arabic culture was flourished by appearance of greatest scholars and Al - Balathery was among them. Great historians appeared whose historic narration had matured since the time of the prophet and Ommiad age. Al - Balathery is well known historian famous in confidence, great knowledge, truth several travels. His book was taken by more than narrative historian who investigate it scientifically. We followed this book in the part of Ameer Almomneeen Ali bi Abi Talib (PBUH). When Al - Balathery mentioned the family of Aqeel Bin Abi Talib he tells the important information of Muslim Bin Aqeel and his role in Al Hussein revolution.For all these reasons I choose this book. It attracts me for what it introduced of information about Imam AL Hussein (P B U H), where I find the precise narration and enrich in in science As well as the confidence narrators and references. This gives me strong motive and great well in close this subject. The research and the researcher faced some difficulties because the subject of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) is not easy subject. Thus the researcher depends on Al - Balathery's (Ansab Alashraf) book basically ,then make comparison of Al - Balathery's book with other references that discussed the subject of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) revolution. That means the researcher puts Al - Balathery's book before his eye that reduced his free movement and study what theses resources contains. The other difficulty is to the difficulty to have other resources from public libraries because theses libraries faced robbery. I asked Allah help to remove these difficulties, thus I could perform The research (Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) in Al - Balathery's (Ansab Alashraf) book - (comparative study).The nature of the study necessity oblige the research be in introduction, five chapters and conclusion. The first chapter is about Al - Balathery and it is divided in three inquiries. The first inquiry is dedicated to study Al - Balathery character : his name, nickname, surname, family, growing, his scholars, his students, his travels, his writings and his death. The second inquiry is about Al - Balathery time, his method in introduce the subject of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H).The third inquiry is studying the scientific life of Al - Balathery.The second chapter is about the life of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) and his attitude from pledge of allegiance to Yazied. This chapter include two inquiries.The first inquiry studies the personal life of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H).The second inquiry studied the attitude of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) from the piece of Imam AL Hassan (P B U H) with Muaiaa Bin Abi Sufian and from pledge of allegiance to Yazied in his father rule.Third chapter is about Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) in Medina and Mecca. This chapter includes four inquiries. First inquiry is about Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) in Medina.The second inquiry discussed Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) travel from Medina to Mecca and the places he passed by. Third inquiry is about the correspondence between Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) and people of Kufa.The fourth chapter is titled (Murder of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) - Altaf Battle - . This chapter includes four inquiries. The first inquiry is about Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) travel from Mecca to Iraq.The second inquiry discussed Alhur Bin Yazied Al - Reahy in confront Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) and Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) correspondences with Kufa People. Third inquiry is about Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) in Karbala. The fourth inquiry is about murder of Imam AL Hussein (P B U H) in Altaf Battle.Then comes the conclusion which the researcher reaches to. It includes the brief of all the discussion of the research and it is followed by the resources and references.
Summary:
References:

يهود الفلاشا في اثيوبيا (1950 - 1991) : دراسة تاريخية == The Flasha Jewish (1950 - 1991) Historical Study

Author name: ميرفت عبد الكاظم ياسين العامري
Supervisor name: احسان علي حسين الشمري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Jewish encyclopedia defines the “Ethiopia Flasha Jewish” as troupe descending from Jewish origin , related to one of religion Jewish classes based on old era and external books “bookriva” (the undependable book and other religious books which appeared after the finish of old era record , after appearing the Zionism movement , the attention of Jewish of denomination throughout of World in order to gather it Zionists movement , hence it becomes necessary to study these denominations ,then recognize and identifies their situations and their political , economic and social rule. whereas attraction of Flasha Jewish improve its reputation which characterized , somewhat , by racism.The study divided into introduction ,three chapters and conclusion. the first chapter deals with the naming , historical origin of Flasha Jewish of its correlation with Zionists movement until 1948 , in section one is about naming and geographical distribution in Ethiopia , section two is about historical origin of Flasha Jewish and migration to Ethiopia , while the section three is about Flasha Jewish and its correlation with Zionists movement until 1948.The second chapter deals with social symbols and economic and political activity of Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia , in section one is about doctrines , traditions and folklore of Flasha Jewish. Section two talks about economic and political activity of Ethiopia Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia. While section three bout the prolegomenon of migration in Ethiopia to Israel (1977 - 1950). The third chapter deals with Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia and their relationship with Israel (1990 - 1977). in section one is the growth of Israel immigration (1990 - 1980). section two is the economic and social activity - the economic and military activity , the third chapter is the thought of return condition and reverse migration.Conclusion 1. Religious believes : they don’t belief of Talmud.only belief in external Asfar 2. There is no political rule for Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia as being oppressed minority and semi - restricted socially.3. Economically and socially : the Flasha Community is isolated one , the economic rule of Flash don’t exceed the agricultural rule , they are tribal community , most of them practicing agriculture as farmer , also working on crafts like making cracks and spinning ,which considers as scornful crafts for Ethiopic.4. The thesis reveals the Zionist organization activity : in addition to Jewish agency that works beside United States , by making contracts with Ethiopic government and working to convince Flasha Jewish to migrate to Israel.5. Flasha Jewish in the other hand are scornful and can’t get respected occupations in society , those people realized that promised land is not milk and honey , obviously the Flasha Jewish civilians is third degree in military fields which pushes them to think about return and reversed migration
Summary:
References:

حزب الشورى والاستقلال في المغرب الاقصى 1946 - 1962 == Al - Shoura( Consultative And Independence Party In Far Morocco (1946 - 1962)

Author name: منى عبد الكريم شريف
Supervisor name: عبد الله حميد مرزوك حسين العتابي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The history of Maghreb countries remains in general and history of the Morocco kingdom in particular is in need of more academic study and research for its topics richness, the Arabic Maghreb is the only which maintains its independence and sovereignty across history and did not subjected to any foreign occupation including the Ottoman occupation which controlled all a parts of the Arabic homeland for four century with the exclusion of the French and Spanish protection lasted for forty four years from(1912 - 1956). The Morocco adopted the Moroccan thought in its modern history since early time back to the beginning of the twentieth of the twenty century, where the Moroccan political parties are constitutes represented by national necessity conditioned by the struggle circumstances against the colonist for liberation and restore the national sovereignty, and Al - Shoura( consultative and independence party in far morocco was one of these oldest political parties in Morocco where the party is established at the time of constitution of the independence party in 1944 by laeder Mohammed Hasan Al - Wazani and Al - shora and independence party performed an essential role in the national movement and it was constituted a nerve of this movement with the independence party in morocco.Al - shora and the independence party is considered one of the opponent political parties in Al - Maghreb, as for extending the time frame and restricted between(1946 - 1962) because this period represented an essential historical stage in Al - Maghreb history and it is rich by events, besides the political developments and death of king Mohammed v in 1961 and prince Hasan took the crown in the name of king Hasan II and set constitution and hold elections, the first chapter devoted to study the political situations in Maghreb in(1930 - 1936) and it is in three categories, the first category included historical items concerned the national labor block objectives, programs and the challenging facing it and the factors contributed in establishing the Maghreb national movement, as for the second one displayed the objectives and slogans of the patriotism movement and the party influenced by the principles of the French revolution and also reviewed journals of Nationalist Movement party, and the third one titled the Nationalist Movement and the second world war(1939 - 1945), in it illustrated the movement attitude from war and its developments on the Maghreb areana and the party activity during it and its aptitude from the Palestinian issue and its supporting to it.As for the second chapter titled the emerging of al - shura and independence party included three categories, the first one the starting of the party, nomination and its objectives also the national chapter for the party in 1946 and the party attitude from multiparty and its role in establishing the protection league of Maghreb in Paris in June in1946. As for the second chapter displayed the intellectual and the organization frame of the general objective for the party, means and the membership of the party also the political ,economical and social program and the authorities efforts in an attempt to unify the national movement between two parties( Al - shora and independence and the independence party).As for the third one discussed the political role of the essential parties leaderships in Al - shora and independence party in struggle for independence of Maghreb.As for the third chapter titled the party activity during the stage of Al - Sultan exile Mohammed V, the first category in illustrating the party attitude from the unseat and exile of the Sultan, and the second category to shed light on the eternal and external activity of the party represented by bureau of the Arabic Maghreb in Cairo in 1947 and the role of the Maghreb national parties participated in it, also illustrated the role of the party in committee of liberation Morro also discussed internalization of Morocco issue and the activity of Al - Shoura and independence party in this respect, the third one discussed the party attitude in the independence negotiations concerned the circumstances of holding Pecan Lakes conference and the developments accompanied it till announcement of the independence and confession of Morocco as an independence state at the 3rd of March 1959 followed by confession of some of independence by the Spanish government in 7th of April in the same year. As for the forth chapter where displayed the role of party in the constitutional institutions, in the first category discussed the party attitude concerned laying the state institutions and participating in them, where the party had participated in establishing the first government and establishing the consultation national council established in 1956 and the party was with the participants in decision including recommendation in choosing the prince Hasan as crown. And at the time of establishing the second government where the party had transferred to work with the opponent parties and contributed in backing with the other opponent parties towards backing laying the constitutional institutions.As for the second one titled the internal and the external activity of the party manipulating the party attitude from Morocco Jews and the attitude evacuation of the USA bases in Morocco, besides its activity in the desert and its struggle with the independence party and also its attitude from issues of Al - mashriq Al - arabi. The third category discussed contributing the party in the municipality and town elections and its active role in contributing and backing in stipulating of the constitution for Morocco in 1962.As for the results which the researcher has reached as follow : - 1. The emerging of the political parties in Morocco amongst Al - shora and independence party - the national movement as threshold for reorganizing the Morocco national movement activity according to the bases of modernization including the unity of thought and objective and contributing in framing the mass towards mobilizing the people in resistance and requesting freedom and independence.2. Al - shora and independence party had national role in contributing in presenting the demand document for independence which confirmed a biding by constitution and democracy as method for political work and admitted the municipality and ruling after independence and this confirmation reflected an early awareness for the party at time most of the world states under the colonist control.3. Al - shora and independence party is considered the first which put forward to the constitutional issue in Morocco whet ether in document requesting independence and via presenting 23 of December memorandum in 1947 and the necessity to set democratic constitution for Morocco according to contexts known in the democratic organization.4. The early care of Al - shoura and independence party in demanding the Maghreb human rights at a time this demand was neglected totally in the Arab home states and Maghreb Al - arabi states.5. Contributing of the party in the national governments after independence, in the national and consultation council also the municipality and town elections.6. The party coherent with the necessity to set constitution by elected national council and its contribution in referendum of the constitution in spite of its opposition for some of the constitution texts. And despite of this the political role after independence did not reached the national heritage level despite adopting the pioneer and political opposition in independent Morocco
Summary:
References:

مدينة تونس : دراسة في احوالها السياسية والحضارية (296 - 981هـ/908 - 1572م) == Tunis City - Study In Its Political And Cultural States (296 - 981 A.H/ 908 - 1572 A.D)

Author name: منذر عطا الله شيحان الدليمي
Supervisor name: بديع محمد ابراهيم الكربولي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The city of Tunis got a great position since it foundation in 84A.H./703A.D. and this made the city get the prior position where it became the metropolis of the country. The city had been founded to be the defensive center which enabled it to face Byzantine risk, so it was unattackable predominate against enemies attacks through the sea. Also, Tunis was the starting spot for Islamic Arab Armies, specially the navy. So Tunis became the coastal camp for Islamic Armies. Truly, it was the base of Arabic squadron in north of Africa, therefore, it became a navy harbor for Islamic Arab Forces and Navy Fleets. This importance appeared when the navy campaign was setting out.This thesis studies the political and cultural states of Tunis, in order to give a modest view about this city which was the second Islamic Arabic city after Qairwan in Morocco, where it once became the capital of Islamic Caliphate after the falling of Baghdad by Al - Maghol 656A.h - 1258 A.DThis study discovered many result : A - The study showed that the building of the city of Tunis firstly was for protecting Arab Muslims in in Qairwan and counteracting the navy attacks of Byzantine and get rid of their risks and at the same time, it became the Islamic Navy Harbour where the invasions setting out.B - The study discovered that the city of Tunis didn’t get enough attention when Al - Fatmeen were the princes of Africa because they looked to Tunis as a place of opposition for them. But this didn’t prevent from developing the city and flourishing in other aspects.C - The study showed that Tunis had exposed to many revolutions and invasions which led to destroy it for a period of time but it soon regained its force and raised and continued its political and cultural rules. One of these revolutions was Abi Yazid Mukhalad Bin Kidad in 333A.H., also the invasion of Bani Hilal and Bani Saleem tribes, and the revolution of Bani Ghaniya 600 - 602 A.H. It also exposed to the eighth campaign Crusades in 668 - 669 A.H. After that, Abin Marzoq Al - Misayli had dominated the city and occupied it for a period of time 681 - 683 A.H. Also the city exposed to the Al - Marini occupation in 748 - 750 A.H.D - The city of Tunis became independent princedom during Bani Kharassan and it began developing and flourishing, after the destructions and ruins which Qairwan faced because of the invasion of Bani Hilal and Bani Salim
Summary:
References:

عمران بن شاهين امير البطيحة ودوره السياسي والعسكري مع البويهيين == Aumran Bin Shaheen, The Prince Of Al - Butayhaa,And His Political And Military Role With Al - Boaeheen

Author name: منال محمد مطر
Supervisor name: عبد الكريم عز الدين صادق الاعرجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Umran bin shahin the prince of batha and his political and military role with Albuehiin The character of umran bin shahin attracts the attention of contemporary historians and their successors because of his animportant political and military role in the period ranging from his birth and death where he was aprominent politician activist against ALbuehiin presence in Iraq challenging ALbuehiin forces and more than one buehian prince for forty years where he could founded aprincedom throughid he was able to exert his political influence showing his challenge to ALbuehian authority in Baghdad.There is no doubt that the political and military role of Umran bin shahin started after his traveling from his village (ALjameeda) to ALbatha and establishing his principality there, noting that the historical era of his presence full of events interlacing in the most serious historical Facts such as the presence of Krameta, Hamadaeen and baredein. The power of Umran bin shahin and his stead fastness against ALbuehain attacks didn’t lie only on his military power, but on his full exploitation of the potentials of geographic enriivonment als, where he mude use of them in managing the struggle with ALbuehain.The political and military role of bin shahin focused on breaching of the trade line between the center and south territories where this trade was animportant source of financing the ALbuehain economy and the source of power of ALbuehain princes and their cliques. What Umran had been done such as exerting his control on this line and taxation on commercial goods passing through ALbatha regarded true threat to ALbuehain power where Umran bin shahin was insurgent against unjust class social system therefore we can explain his activity that depended on humiliation of the near elite of ALbuehain rulers and decreasing their status because of what they done to the poor whon were suffered from poverty and humiliation.Deeds of Umran bin shahin provoked the exasperation and the anger of muiz ALdauah ALbuehii who obliged to take anaction against him limiting his control and power on ALbatha and assuring the line of trade and transportation but the military campaigns by leader ship of ALbuehii fails completely because of lack cauthon and military technique. In 369 H/979 A.H) Umran bin shahin died and his son, ALhusan, hold the rule. His death represents an important turn where it had great effect on all the levels, and his absence put an end to the period of power and unity representing by his character where his second son was greedy of power and control he killed his brother by treason resulting to division of shahinan family in ALbatha. This study consisding of introduction, three chapters and conclusion, where introduction included the importance of the subject, and the 1st chapter titling (political and geographical features of south of Iraq area before shanian rule) consisting of three sections : 1st (astudy of the geography and population of ALbatha area) where there reseaher submitting alingustic and geographic definition of ALbatha area, besides its location, climate and economical resources. Aslw the 2nd section titling (the revolution against Abassi caliphat before the 4th century of higrih in south of Iraq ) where the researcher sheding the light on political situation of Abassi caliphat and the circumstances paving the way before those revolutions. The 3rd one titling (attitude of ALbuhian Abassi caliphat) where the researcher discussing the pedigree of ALbrehian and their irvasion to Baghdad and the attitude of them toward Abassi caliphats. The 2nd chapter (life of Umran bin shahin and the foundation of shahin principality consisting of two sections, the 1st was about the life of Umran bin shahin, his pedigree, his political life, his children and his death. As feer the 2nd one was about the phases of the foundation of his principality. Finally, the 3rd chapter titling(military and polidical role of Umran bin shahin against ALbuhian) discussing the reludionship of Umran bin shahin with muiz ALdulha , Aiz ALdulha and thed ALdulha till the end of shahin principality and presence of his children after him besides, the conflict between then contributing in weaken the principality.
Summary:
References:

الحارث المحاسبي : دراسة تاريخية

Author name: منار كزار قطان الغراوي
Supervisor name: عبد الحسين مهدي الرحيم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: وزعت الرسالة على اربعة فصول، خصصنا الفصل الاول منها لدراسة نشاة الحارث المحاسبي وحياته العلمية، فتحدثنا فيه عن كل ما يتعلق او يتصل بحياة ونشاة المحاسبي، وقد اشتمل على مبحثين، الاول، سلط الضوء على نشاة الحارث المحاسبي، فيما عقد الثاني لحياته العلمية بما في | The Islamic Arabic history has been updating with many outstanding personalities whose thought , behaviors and opinions lead to problematic matters that couldn’t be interpreted along with its motifs.Moreover , the most of these personalities remained searching for a guidance to be guided to the truth , and being crystallized along with their cultural and mental compositions. The owner of such personality is Al - Harith Al - Muhasibi (243 A.H - 857 A.D ) whose thoughts are still vital despite he lived in the ( 3rd A.H) /( 9 th D. A). If we hold a Blanca between some of modern educational and psychological concepts and the opinions which he called for in respect with education and teaching , we find that he was precedent one in the give field. Also he tried to find out a new school in ( Monasticism) that preserved Islamic Arabic impression depending on holy - Quran and sunna through fighting Monasticism habits , that provided over during his age , like Al Etihad and Hilul and oters of western doctrines which controlled the (Monasticism) since the end of the century ( A.H ) / ( 8th A.D).The thesis is of (4 ) chapters.The First chapter includes the life of Al - Harith Al - Muhasibi and include two titles.The first title sheds the light on the bringing up of Al Muhasibi along with his autobiography. The second one talks about his old age , disputes and lectures along with his students. The second chapter is devoting to talk about the age of Al - Muhasibi and his method in monasticism also its includes two title.The first title is about Al - Muhasibi age and the second specializes in Al - Muhasibi method in resect in with monasticism. The Third chapter deals with the scientific heritage of Al - Muhasibi in which the researcher handles the most outstanding books of Al - Muhasibi along with sketches and printing. While the ( 4) th chapter aims at Al - Muhasibi method regarding education and teaching
Summary:
References:

الجامعة الامريكية في بيروت واثرها على الفكر السياسي في العراق الملكي == The American University Of Beirut And Its Impact On The Political Thought Of Royal Iraq

Author name: منار عبد المجيد عبد الكريم
Supervisor name: لطفي جعفر فرج الاسدي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Title of this dissertation is " The American University of Beirut and its impact on the political thought of royal Iraq " , and the researcher has clarified that the reason for choosing this subject is that it has not studied before , in spite of the vital importance and controversial role of the American University between politicians, newspapers and magazines. This dissertation consists of anintroduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the foundation of the university of , the designation of its rectors and professors , its curricula and their teaching method , its most prominent cultural and political activities , the traditions of the university and the readions towards the university. While the second chapter sheds light on the Iraqi scholarships to the university , their qualifications and specifications. It also deals with the social position of the Iraqi students in the university , their impressions about the university and cultural and political activities they pursue during their study. The third chapter has clearly documented the scientific and educational output for the Iraqi students after their return to Iraq.This special educational output has become clear through their political participation in the assemblies , clubs and parties , until it was crowned with a clear political role in the legislative power ( prime ministries , ministries) and the executive power (The parliament). The reflection of this on their political thoughts was dealt with in the fourth chapter.The fifth chapter deals with Political thoughts of the graduates and the public and official reactions to wards it. The dissertation reached to many conclusions , the most important one is that the Iraqi gradates from the American University of Beirut are considered to be the forefront of the scientific and educational renaissance in Iraq.Additionally they were able to establish good political thoughts which can be used to solve recent problems. But those graduates did not give much importance to political and industrial issues like the Kurdish issue and women's freedom issue
Summary:
References:

القدس في عصر المماليك (658 - 922ه / 1260 - 1516م) == Al - Quds In The Mamluk Era (Study In The General Case) (658 - 922 A.H / 1260 - 1516 A.D)

Author name: مريم علاوي فهد الكناني
Supervisor name: عباس عبد الستار عبد القادر الزهاوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: We have reached , via our research , analysis, and review ,to hereunder results extracted from the current paper titled "Jerusalem under era of Al - Mamluki" during the period (658 - 922AH)(1260 - 1516AD) : 1 - Jerusalem has been a mountainous area located in middle of Palestine surrounded by mountains from three sides ; the north side easily to be penetrated by aggressors as to enter the city; furthermore , the water of the city has been insufficient, thus residents rely hugely on rain water by savory for water. The residents have also depended on some pools just like Salwan pool.2 - Jerusalem has been called different names that deviated the genuine name of the city (Kinani Name); the city was firstly resided by Arabs (Al - Yabusayayn) later called as (Yabus) and it is also called (Yurshaleem) originally (Kinani). 3 - Jerusalem has been witnessed political turmoil and crusaders occupation as well during the period that is coming to be known as wars of crusaders. But the city returned back to the Islamic Arabic State after being liberated by(Salah Al - Din Al - Ayubi), but struggles among sons of (Yubs) help weaken (Ayubayeen) and help appear new powers represented in establishing State of (Al - Mamalik).4 - (Mamaleeks) could defeat Mogul aggression, where the battle of (Ayn Jalut) considered as a turning point in the history of the city, especially , after the victory of (Mamaleeks) on Mogul in this battle and smashed the myth saying that "Mogul is undefeated strength". Thus, (Mamaleeks) entered the city which became under the rule of (Mamaleeks) under the leadership of the hero "Sultan Beris". 5 - The city , after "Mamaleeks" entered , witnessed important events represented in stability and quietness. It has been established many construction establishments. 6 - The administrative boundaries of Jerusalem include walled city , surrounded by villages ranging from "Al - Ramlah" toward north and to "Khalil" city in south and from Mediterranean Sea in west to river of Jordan in east.It is a huge area as that determined by contemporary references explaining that it is administrative center during days of "Mamaleeks". 7 - Jerusalem during the era of Mamleeks is a completed city where all job are available including administrative, financial and religious, despite the city administratively linked to Damascus and Gaza. but since it became independent for its increasing importance due to its religious stance. 8 - The present paper confirms the Islam of the holy city in spite of existing Jews and Christians, the Islamic impression prevailed over. Muslims remain the majority among its residents and the city remained as one entity; three religions became under the control of Mamaleeks; the Jews and christens enjoyed with tolerance and justice as that indicated by pilgrimage journeys by Western European , together with good treatment for them by (Mamleeks).9 - The city has become a scientific center , where scholars came to Jerusalem from all over the world and established educational institutions in the city. 10 - The city has been witnessed prosperous developments of agricultural and industrial and trading fields due to stability and quaintness, especially in era of "Mamleeks" the first. The city has revived the treasury due to taxations imposed on it.
Summary:
References:

حركة الحقوق المدنية للزنوج في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية 1953 - 1968 == The Civil Rights Movement Of The Negroes In The United States Of America(1953 - 1968)

Author name: مريم عبد علي حمدان الساعدي
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis describes the significant events of the Civil Rights Movement from1953 - 1968 in the United States essentially began the same time that the country did. Beginning with the Abolitionist movement to end the “peculiar institution” of slavery, through the Civil War and Reconstruction, and into the Industrial Age, the United States has always grappled with the problem of race, wars and manifested itself in other forms. There were many valiant attempts during the Twentieth Century to improve the state of race relations, but all of them were doomed to minimal success. In the 1950s, a series of several victories in the courts engineered by Thurgood Marshall and the NAACP Legal Defense Fund culminated in the 1954 Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka decision seemed to open the floodgates for change The case, which struck down the 1896 precedent of “separate but equal”, established in the case of Plessy v. Ferguson marked the beginning of the erosion of entrenched systematized segregation. This decision was really the beginning of the modern Civil Rights Movement, marked with effective protest and actual results. There would have been no Civil Rights Movement.” The Montgomery Bus Boycott in 1955 - 56 was one of the earliest events in the modern Civil Rights Movement. Under the leadership of MIA (Montgomery Improvement Association) President Martin Luther King Jr. Blacks used the nonviolent resistance technique of a mass boycott on the city bus system. After a protracted campaign, the Montgomery Improvement Association forced the end of segregation on public transit in the city. King, who was quite interested in social justice and equality, saw that he had the model for bringing about the end of Jim Crow in the South. Meanwhile in Little Rock, tensions were building in 1957 as Arkansas attempted to comply with the Brown decision. That fall, as the plan of integration was being carried out, violence erupted. President Eisenhower was forced to federalize the Arkansas National Guard and call in regular US Army troops to allow nine teenage children the right to attend school, lessons of Montgomery and Little Rock and use nonviolent resistance tactics to educate the nation to the racial injustice that was rampant in the South.The years from 1960 to 1965 were the high mark of the modern Civil Rights Movement. Under the leadership of Dr. King’s organization, SCLC, the Movement managed to change the nation.In 1962 in Albany, Georgia, SCLC and SNCC attempted to wage the first large scale campaign to secure integration of public facilities and voting rights in the city. The Albany Sheriff knew what the campaign was designed to do, provoke him and his men into violence, thus Prichett used nonviolence to combat nonviolence, therefore, stymieing the efforts of King and his supporters. King knew that in the wake of failure at Albany, the Movement needed to do something profound in 1963. Little could he have dreamed that it was the events of that year that would result in Congress passing the following year meaningful civil rights legislation for the first time since Reconstruction. In 1963, SCLC decided to implement a campaign in Birmingham, Alabama. Here they met their desired result, as police chief Bull Connor reacted in the manner SCLC anticipated. The mass arrests of protesters were accompanied by the use of fire hoses and police dogs, and the nation watched the coverage on television, stunned. Violence got so bad that President Kennedy was forced to station troops in various parts of the state to be used if the situation did not calm down. By the summer of 1963, with Kennedy’s Civil Rights Bill on the floor of Congress, civil rights organizations staged the March on Washington to apply pressure to the government. With 250,000 marchers standing in front of the Lincoln Memorial, King gave his legendary “I Have a Dream” speech. That September, tragedy once again occurred in Birmingham, as a bomb killed four Black girls at the 16th Street Baptist Church. Violence erupted, and by the end of the day six people were dead. In November 1963 John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas and Lyndon Johnson became President. Johnson’s legislative skills aided in passing Kennedy’s bill, and in 1964, President Johnson signed into law the Civil Rights Act of 1964.5 On the heels of a victory in Birmingham, King’s next focus was voting rights. While launching the statewide Alabama Project, SCLC decided to stage a campaign in Selma.Alabama. Dallas County Sheriff Jim Clark harbored many of the racist values of Bull Connor, and once again SCLC planned on exposing the violence of the police to demonstrate the evils of Jim Crow. In this campaign, the movement was emphasizing the injustice of being deprived of the right to vote. The campaign went smoothly until March 7, 1965. While beginning a planned march to the state capital, the marchers were routed by police with tear gas, cattle prods, and billy clubs. “Bloody Sunday” was the turning point. The march went on, and as President Johnson was forced to get involved, he decided that the time was now right to force a voting rights bill through Congress. His Administration had been stalling on sending more civil rights legislation to Congress, but Johnson decided that King had given him a perfect opportunity to pass a voting rights bill. The President turned out to be correct, and on August 6, 1965, Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act. 1966 saw waves of protests at universities across the country.however, the civil rights movement has focused on the achievement of equal rights for African - Americans through the end of legal segregation and achieve voting rights. The movement against less focused and tangled war closely with the counterculture, and show their opposition to the Vietnam War as part of a wider movement range to convert the country.King was assassinated on April 4, 1968. Riots broke out in more than 110 cities across the United States in the days thatfollowed, notably in Chicago, Baltimore, and in Washington, D.C. The damage done in many cities destroyed black businesses. The day before King's funeral, April 8, Coretta Scott King and three of the King children led 20,000 marchers through the streets of Memphis, holding signs that read, "Honor King : End Racism" and "Union Justice Now. On April 9 Mrs. King led another 150,000 in a funeral procession through the streets of Atlanta ;The African - American Civil Rights Movement 1953 - 1968 refers to the social movements in the United States aimed at outlawing racial discrimination against black Americans and restoring. rights to them.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات البريطانية - اليمنية خلال حكم الامام يحيى بن حميد الدين 1904 - 1948 == The Yamen - Britain Relationship During The Rule Of Imam Yahiya Bin Hamidaldin Period (1948 - 1904

Author name: مروة ماجد سعيد الجميلي
Supervisor name: اسراء شريف جيجان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Yamen - Britain relationship during the rule of Imam Yahiya bin Hamidaldin period (1904 - 1948) described with ebb and tide , where British act to encourage the internal insurrection of against rule of Imam Yahiya and these by support revolutions and insurrections with money and arms and encourage sectarian tendency in spite of these Imam Yahiya still stick with his isolation policy even if he forced in some cases to make treaties with foreign and Arabic countries but all of them has finished with military affair but most of treaties doesn’t deal with to develop the internal conditions in countries such as economy or education.The study comes with four sections , the first section involves some attention reasons of other affair and the factor that encourage Britain to pay more attention with Yamen and Adan in particular. The first chapter divides into four sections deals with most topics and how eliminate the Othman rule in Yamen and render Imam Yahiya the authority and the attitude of Albab Alali toward Imam Yahiya and internal insurrection against the rule of Imam Yahiya while the second chapter came to discuss how establish Almatukliya state and confront the Britain challenges and internal conflicts against the state after autonomy and the attitude of Britain toward Imam Yahiya and the First World War 1914 - 1918 A.C , while the third chapter includes the Britain - Yamen relationship of 1939 - 1929 and Yamen - Saudi war and the attitude of Albab Alali toward it and the reasons that lead to make Yamen - Britain treaty 1934A.C. The most important thing that fourth chapter deals with is the attitude of Yamen through Second World War 1939 - 1945 and changes that taken place on Yamen society that leads to murder Imam Yahiya through the revolution of 1948 and how Imam Ahmed tried to destroy the revolution
Summary:
References:

عبد اللطيف البغدادي ودوره السياسي في مصر حتى عام 1964 == Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi And His Political Cole In Egypt Until 1946

Author name: مروة ابراهيم مصطفى حسين المعموري
Supervisor name: بيداء علاوي شمخي جبر الشويلي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many authors and researchers shed their largest attention an the history of Egypt , As one of the important Arab countries, which has the greatest effect in the events witnessed by the Arab world, Therefore the history of Egypt was studied from all sides and in different Eras, Especially by the Egyptian researchers particular and Arab researchers in general , However. The events of Egypt , chinch have not studied and highlighted objectively , egardless of the roles and positions taken by those character but they have become of great significance , which the searcher cannot ignore them without concentrating on the characters, especially outside Egypt, because the political situation in Egypt maybe were reflected on a number researcher who were not objective in their judgments those characters. Abdul hatif is the most prominent of those characters we have mentioned , The need is essential to study his administration and attitudes in the Egyptian politics , because he contributed greatly to the revolution of Egypt 1952 and defended it. As he was the most prominent its men. Who defended the achievements of that evolution in critical circumstances experienced by the evolution during (1952 - 1964). Abdul Latif distinguished comall of his colleagues, men of the revolution, by his imitable ability to accomplish, So he was able to develop me appropriate plans to implement projects, Known for is high degree of self - confidence and dignity, that was me biggest reason. for the successive disagreements between him and Jamal Abdul Nasser, Which mede him mentally quits the political action Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi took over five different ministries at the level of ministerial action. As well as the position of vice resident , that position which oblige him to supervise so many different sectors of the state. He also had the high prestige among his colleagues and in the conscience of the people , his name was related with genuine and rapidly achievement. The thesis tried to answer several quiries the most prominent were the causes of disagreement between Abdul Latif AL - Baghdadi and Jamal Abdul Nasser and the accuracy of what had sever. Historians mentioned about the fear of Jamal Abdul Nasser from the power and influence of Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi which was the reason behind his quitting the alitcal action because Jamal Abdul Nasser imposes his opinions always in mast decisions , which resulted from that a bad relation ship between Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi and Jamal Abdul Nasser , there were numeral harassment after his recent resignation in 1964.The thesis consists of four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter was entitled "the emergence of Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi and his entering the political world", and this chapter deals with his life, emergence, his entering the Military college his promotion in the military service, the emergence of the organization of aviation officers in 1940, his participation in the war of Palestine against the Zionist entity in 1948, and his role in regulating the liberal officers which he participated in after the war. While the second chapter was entitled" the role of Al - Baghdadi in the revolution of 23 of July 1952 - 1954", through studying the main issues which was Egypt suffering from before the evolution and made him and his colleagues to start the revolution, Al - Baghdadi took over the responsible of flying in the mooring of 23 of July over the sky of Cairo and Alexandria in order to control the situation and his presided over the revolutionary court , which we formed in 1953, to trial those accused in betraying the homeland , or against its safety insid and outside or those who help in the corruption of the government , as well , the chapter includes the crisis of march and the outcome represented by the conflict of the members of the revolutionary command council with Mohamed maguey and the disagreement between Jamal Abdul Nasser and Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi who made Al - Baghdadi submits his first resignation. The third chapter was entitled "Al - Baghdadi and his took over the legislative and executive duties", it reviews the role of Al - Baghdadi in the formation of the Egyptian government from (1953 - 1957), accompanied by responsibilities and accomplishments and the subsequent proposals in the national union and the issuance of nationalization resolutions in 1961 the so - called" the social revolution and his entering the parliamentary elections which resulted in his presided over the national Egyptian assembly while.The fourth chapter was entitled "Al - Baghdadi and his position on the course of events and the internal political developments in Egypt", it reviews the evacuation agreement and the triple aggression on Egypt in 1956, Al - Baghdadi accompanied Jamal Abdul Nasser thoroughly the period of the war , As well as the chapter includes the efforts for the establishment of Egyptian - Syrian unity in (1958 - 1961) that emanated the united Arab republic are his role in it the formation of the boad of presidency in Egypt after the secession had ahuge effect in the determination of Al - Baghdadi to quit and not to return to politics once again.
Summary:
References:

كورش الاخميني 559 - 530 ق.م سيرته ومنجزاته == Cyrus Of Achaemenid 559 - 530 B.C His Biography And Achievements

Author name: مرتضى جاسب مثنى العوادي
Supervisor name: حسين سيد نور جلال الاعرجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: I have seen the Iranian plateau births personal (he King Cyrus) as one of the most prominent historical figures that have passed on the history of Iran, the old, those personal, which lasted nearly twenty - nine years and have seen through the country to form a wider empire in history, as do the King efforts "significant expansion and preservation and has been quite evident "through activities and military conquests which recorded significantly victories continued on most of the countries of the Near East and the old, which was a result of the political and military genius enjoyed by Cyrus. Because of "the importance of these military activities enable this king of the establishment of an army" strong "and great" and orderly, "as well as" it has a promising founder of the first administrative system dubbed satrap (governor), as well as "the genius of the King in his policy which used and marked by a policy of religious tolerance, as was the policy of a great role in subjecting a lot of people and was one of the key factors in the stability of his empire at a time when the religious factor a great impact on the hearts of those peoples. So it was Cyrus the right of the Emperor and King did not leave anything during his life cert, as follow with nationals made it a policy to check all aspire, they were the results have been obvious in the regions belong to him, as it encouraged the freedom of worship in all parts of the Persian Empire, and allowed the residents who have been displaced to return to their homelands, as found in the religious factor greatest impact in the subordination of those peoples for control of the Achaemenid, especially since Cyrus has tolerated them in the exercise of their religions, which have had a clear impact in maintaining the subordination of the regions open, as well as "for keeping empire of rebellions and revolutions in order to save its internal security., as well as "it was the first model for the state based on diversity and tolerance between different cultures and religions. So readied personal Cyrus of historical figures that were not as important as the rest of the characters who witnessed the ancient Near East (Achaemenid Cyrus 559 - 530 BC), which had a prominent role in the history of Iran, in particular, and the Near East in general. Due to the diversity of material study and effort "to cover everything related to the subject study was divided in four chapters singled out each chapter a set of Detectives harmonious in terms of form and content. Devoted the first chapter to the study of Cyrus the Achaemenid his career and his personal life and has divided the chapter into three sections, devoted First research for the birth of and upbringing, either the second section of the study of Cyrus king of Anshan, and the third section was devoted to the study of the events before the accession of Cyrus the throne of the Achaemenid Empire, as it was accompanied by Cyrus ascend to the throne important events was the fall of the Median empire. As well as "all the dedicated study of the second quarter to show the achievements of Cyrus the administrative and military and urban, and the department also into three sections. Dealt in First research organizations, administrative, either the second section was dedicated to the study of military organizations, and the third section dedicated" to study the achievements Urban. The third chapter dealt with the religion of Cyrus and the policy of tolerance, and it was on two themes, as allocated First research to the study of religion and beliefs of Cyrus and what the importance of this subject Aferdna his Study of special, and was the second section was devoted to the study of the policy of religious tolerance, as it was for such a policy role big translate a lot of events. While eating in the fourth quarter and the expansionist policy of Cyrus section to chapter two sections, we dealt with in the first section to the policy direction of Cyrus Asia Minor and eastern provinces, while the second section has been interested in studying the country's western provinces of Babylon and Cyrus Return to the east and death.
Summary:
References:

سياسة بريطانيا تجاه امارات الساحل المتصالحة 7491 - 7491 == Britain'S Policy Towards The Trucial Coast Emirates 1947 - 1968

Author name: محمد نصر سعيد
Supervisor name: حسين علي فليح الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The historical period of the search has a great importance since it associated with significant international changes that reflected on British policy in India in general and the Gulf region in particular, as it has transferred the British responsibility of India after independence in 1947 from the India office to the Foreign Office, which had a clear impact on the rulers of the Arabian Gulf. This study came to complete previous academic studies which dealt with part of British policy in the Gulf region, and provide the Iraqi historical library with a needed study. The years 1947 - 1968 constitute a new phase of British policy, which led in the end to the emergence of the United Arab Emirates after British announcement of its withdrawal from the region in January 1968. The studying of the history of British relations with the Trucial Emirates represents the fundamental basis of British policy in the Gulf region and confirms British interests in proportion to the international changes after the end of World War II and the resulting economic and social impact in the Trucial Emirates. In addition Britain adopted a new approach in dealing with the rulers of the Emirates after World War II by concentrating power and prestige in the region as expressed by an important British document.Also, this study provides important information about the role of the sheikhs of the Emirates and their relations with Britain in drawing the political map of the Emirates and the region in this historical period.The study came according to historical scientific methodology based on investigation, research, access to consulting relevant historical sources and analysis of many documents, sources, newspapers, magazines, encyclopedias and interviews that show British policy in the Gulf region, especially Trucial Emirates and its attitudes towards political, economic and social issues in this period of research.The thesis consists of an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion stating the main findings. The first chapter (Britain and the Trucial Coast Emirates until 1947) studies British policy towards the Trucial Coast until 1947. This chapter has two sections, the first (political and economic realities of the Trucial Coast Emirates until 1918), discusses several topics First : British treaties with Coast Emirs who were control key of the Gulf, second : Britain and internal conditions of the Coast Emirates, third : Britain's role in the border problems, fourth : Britain and Coast Emirates during World War I, fifth : Britain's policy towards foreign Participation in the pearling. The second section(British policy towards coast Emirates 1919 - 1947) which tackles several topics, first : Britain 's policy towards Emirates between the two wars, second : the problem of the borders, third : the economic effects of the war on the Coast Emirates, fourth : aviation agreements and the establishment of stations, fifth : oil, sixth : Trucial Emirates in World War II until 1947, Both sections discuss the British attitude towards the political and Economic developments of these Emirates between 1805 and 1947.The second chapter (Britain's attitude towards the political issues in the Trucial Coast), which contains nine sections : the first, the issue of the external borders 1949 - 1964, the second : the internal borders 1947 - 1968, the third : The Board of Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1968, the fourth : the power of the coast of Oman 1949 - 1965, the fifth : The Role of Arab League States in the Trucial Emirates 1952 - 1966, the sixth : British intervention in changing the rulers of the Trucial Coast 1948 - 1967, Seventh : Britain and administrative and judicial conditions of the Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1961, Eighth : Britain's attitude about the openess of the rulers of the Trucial Coast Emirates towards abroad 1951 - 1967, Nineth : British withdrawal from the Arabian Gulf and dual union 1952 - 1968.The third chapter (Britain's economic policy towards the Trucial Emirates) consisted of five sections, the first : Britain's attitude towards the banking activity in the Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1968, second : Britain's attitude towards the oil concessions in the Trucial Coast 1949 - 1966, third : trade 1947 - 1968, fourth : Agriculture 1948 - 1967, fifth : pearling and fishing career 1948 - 1967. The fourth chapter (Britain's policy towards social issues in the Trucial Coast) contains four sections to study the social changes in the Trucial Emirates by tracking the stages of development in several fields : First, the British attitude towards Education 1947 - 1968, second : Health 1949 - 1968, third : Britain and development projects in the Trucial Emirates 1950 - 1968, fourth : Britain's attitude towards the public social life, by focusing on the British policy towards mentioned fields 1948 - 1968.
Summary:
References:

القضاء في لواء المنتفق (1921 - 1958) == Eliminating The Brigade Almentvq (1921 - 1958)

Author name: محمد كامل عويد
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Undergraduate Studies in Dhi Qar province dealt with (Almentvk) previously many aspects of modern and contemporary history, it has meant, especially in the recent period studied some of the institutions that have had a significant in the evolution of the city and provide, as an institution of education, health and so on of affairs, which helped thus to probe the depths of the areas you are not known, although there was possessed of information they are few, and then he went inside academic institutions in the province to work on the preparation of the relevant studies that address various areas of the history of the province, for the purpose of enriching the definition of inheritance of civilization in the region which helps to revive the experience and revive its history, the fact that this region has a full inventory of civilization and accumulated, it must therefore advancement of this responsibility and play the role of a researcher, investigator for information that leads to the achievement of the target and the desired service in the scientific process. Although studies have recently started going to this trend, however, that the judicial institution in the province lacks the efforts of researchers study, but we can say that there is a reluctance to clear and evident from such studies, and this applies even to specialists in the judicial side, Valaam mostly from those hardly has only few information about the institution to which he belongs and the beginning of its appearance and formations, and here I took a study of this institution which Tptdo with the beginnings of the modern Iraqi state and the emergence of boarding Faisal Bin Al Hussein in power in Iraq until 1958. It is obvious and acknowledged that the study of the laws and judicial institutions is not easy, but mired case of difficulty and hardship, particularly in the era was a turbulent and politically and administratively stable occupation perched on Iraq and the country shackled agreements and treaties and conventions to ensure the continuity and sustainability of the occupier interests of the base class. The judicial organization was in its infancy main pillar of justice in the country's semi - paralyzed, if not disabled in full, as it was limited and the existence of these courts in certain areas and not others, and can attribute the reason so many conditions comes in the forefront of the financial hardship that was experienced by the country, as the court was a great need to professionals in the judicial side of the staff, especially if we know that after the departure of the Ottomans from Iraq got a state of the focus of vulnerability; Aladliyn due to leave the bulk of the staff, this was a cause for action to disable the courts. Iraq has been counted and Almentvk penalty of the first countries that are found on the back of the globe where the early legal and judicial legislation governing the affairs of the people and preserve the lives and property and regulate their affairs emerged, the strength of the state and occupy a prominent place and have a voice and the shrine Aziz not Adham political status does not knocks can not be achieved only through the existence of a society dominated by a state of stability, and raise the case of injustice and inequity and injustice, and the best way to achieve this goal be achieved by having systems and constitutions and laws and regulations governing the community and determine the relations of people so they do not get the case extended by individuals on the children of the community account. Legislation has become the most prominent manifestations that reflect the amount of urbanization Nations and unfold the degree of progress and thinking, if the legislation SOBER solid del personal nation, independence and assumption of a prominent place among the nations, and if the legislation in the nation in harmony with Hui other and meet the desires of a particular class anchor for influence Profile tiny came less to demonstrate the weakness of the nation and Anhana?ha. The first beginnings of the emergence of modern judicial institutions has coincided with the announcement of the Basic Law, which draw the judiciary in the country, and that judges are independent and no authority over them except that of the law, as the law guarantees runs the case to the independence of the judiciary as among the types of courts and make it three times depending on the function that They are entrusted with the safeguarded from interference in their affairs. The study was divided in three classes ensure each season, including two sections The first chapter included the first part, in which the civil and criminal clans suits who goes by the tribes in the solution - khasomadtha heterogeneous system, since the state took into account the application of such a fact that the tribes of their customs and traditions, tribal values that adhere to and make the system its constitution (unwritten), and a tool to resolve - khasomadtha and then the difficulty of applying civilian regimes any regular courts on these, the tool essential for the implementation and enforcement of the decisions of the system or the law they are vested in the elder of a clan and we dealt with in this section also customs, traditions and Sunan clan, which is the foundation for organizing diets sons of the tribes, and the second part in which she dealt with the regular courts and the beginning of its appearance and the most prominent tion and those who made it. For the second chapter dealt with the first section of it tribal claims system during the period of the year (1932 - 1945) drawing on statistics - about crimes and incidents occurring in the district center and Aqdath and respects, and singled part of this section of the Revolution of Suq in 1935 and trials carried out by the Israeli occupation authorities against those who the instigators of the revolution, as were a variety of sanctions ranging from the record to the death penalty and torture in the region through the payment of fines and the demolition of houses and castles style. THE second part regular courts, together with reports and statistics on developments throughout the accident brigade dealt with among the important issues that occurred during the period of the forties (murder case Jffers) and the conduct of the trials for the accused incident of killing those with taking samples of Major General and district courts decisions, coupled with the decisions issued by the court of cassation Iraq, and walked on the same approach when he addressed the third quarter. The most important sources relied upon in the study are the subject of the documents obtained from the National Archives and the National Iraqi books and documents, both the Royal Court, the Ministry of Interior, the Court of Cassation clan, which provided me with information on the subject of the study. The other source, who adopted him a book Baghdadi Penal Code, as amended, which provided me with legal materials relied upon to clarify and demonstrate the legal substances that defendants prosecuted accordingly. The difficulties that I faced during the preparation of the subject of research, they are many stands in the forefront of my injury to plunge sharp disc, which prompted me to undergo surgery in Turkey, and other difficulty is not as important as its predecessor it is the lack of historical sources that were not rare, and damage to other sources that it was possible that Trsn Thread larger as he told me based on the courts in the center of the province damage binders belonging to them during the events that took place in 1991 and the subsequent, also did not provide me with the Ministry of Justice in any piece of information, it reminded me of the employee in charge of the ministry that Arcifam not transferred from the previous ministry, which suffered damage As a result of the work of the bombings. With all of the saw should be - and what is available - to look at this issue and I serve men specialists Elimination and those interested in scientific research and investigation about the innovations of the human mind and the functioning of the systems and the keenness of the good men to achieve justice and fairness oppressed, and I am not claiming Etienne something new, but I was afraid this missing link between foundations and organizations in the past and the present, eliminating the judiciary, particularly in the towns of Dhi Qar, I came out and put it in place and my intention is not only of practical science service of the country and the provinces of Dhi Qar and God's help and strength
Summary:
References:

الموارنة ودورهم في الحياة السياسية اللبنانية 1919 - 1958 == Maronites And Their Role In Lebanese Political Life 1919 - 1958

Author name: محمد رضيوي فجر محمد الحميداوي
Supervisor name: علي ناصر حسين
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The "Maronites theme and their role in Lebanon's internal political life of the period from 1919 - 1958" of important topics in the contemporary history of Lebanon, as such a historic stage Lebanon underwent the control of the Maronite full but promised Lebanon "national home a Christian" in the heart of the Arab - Muslim world, as It proved the existence of this nation great powers in 1861, and determine the time frame of the thesis the year 1919, and to the fact that this year has seen the formation of a delegation Maronite under the chairmanship of Patriarch Amaroni Elias Howayek, whose mission was basic load Maronites ambitions of great powers meeting in Versailles in Paris to put the post - World War settlements first, to obtain the independence of Mount Lebanon as an independent state under French protection without the merger Syrian unity, and actually this delegation succeeded to obtain French promises to achieve Maronites ambitions and enhance their control over the internal political life in Lebanon, while the end of the time frame of the thesis the year 1958, to the fact that this year has witnessed a popular uprising Lebanese ended President Maronite rule Camille Chamoun, and curbed the role of political Maronites, and reduced their influence absolute on the rest of the other Lebanese sects, and It should be noted that this issue has not seen any previous studies have focused on the show Maronite role in the internal political life in Lebanon for a period of study, in detail, so this study is the first of its kind in academic studies in universities, and here lies the importance of the subject. The thesis is divided to this introduction, smoothing, and four chapters, and a conclusion, were distributed as follows : - Introduction : - it addressed the importance of the subject and the time frame of the thesis, as well as the sources relied upon by the study analysis.Preface : - focused on "the historical roots of the emergence of the Maronite community in Lebanon until 1918". Chapter One : political developments in Lebanon and the intervention of the Maronite 1919 - 1925.Section IV : Maronites under the French mandate 1923 - 1925 policy.Chapter II : The position of the Maronite Albannanah1926 - 1938 internal situation.Chapter III : Maronites internal political issues in Banan1939 - 1946. Chapter IV : Maronite role in domestic politics Albannanah1947 - 1957. Conclusion : - in which the researcher has shown what findings. Thesis was based on a variety of sources and come in the forefront of the documents published and unpublished, including Iraqi ownership documents unpublished and saved in the Iraq National Library and Archive in Baghdad, and of the reports of embassies and legations and consulates in Beirut and Damascus, the Iraqi Foreign Ministry, as formed in their information essential material for the thesis, and helped to largely in the detection of many of the aspects related to the topic, particularly since their importance is being issued by the contemporary sources of the events, as well as the use of Lebanese documents unpublished represented archive of the Maronite Patriarchate and saved in the Patriarchate headquarters in Bkirki, which enriched the thesis many information through correspondence It has between Maronite Patriarch and the various Lebanese politicians and that relate to the development of the Lebanese political situation, while the documents French and of documents of the French Foreign Ministry and preserved at the American University of Beirut, was her share of the thesis and providing them with many of the information pertaining to the study, especially in the first chapter of the study, The documents for the US Embassy in Beirut and the United States Department of the Ministry and preserved in the form of Micro did in Iraq National Library and Archive in Baghdad stake in the thesis provide some important information. The roots of the Maronites due to the Yemen Arab tribes that settled in the Levant, and converted to Christianity, which was rejected by the Jews, and managed these tribes from spreading at the beginning of the fifth century AD in northern Syria, but moved in the seventh century and settled in the northern parts of Lebanon, known as Mount Lebanon. Faced Maronites during successive ages many cases of persecution, but they were able to restore their power through their alliance with the Crusaders, but that did not last long, as soon collapsed alliance against Ottoman rule, during the period of the provision in question, but they regained their strength again after control meteor family power in Lebanon, as this family turned to Christianity, which the forces of fork Maronites, and gave them a strong momentum for expansion at the expense of other communities even in 1843, as it entered the Maronites in a new historical phase, marked by competing foreign on Lebanon, which led to the do Alqaimmqametin system, which resulted in the many wars that ended with the establishment of Almtsrvip system in 1861, which lasted until 1915. Enables the Maronites of achieving their dream of establishing their own political entity to them after their French promises in Magistrates' conference in Paris in 1919, the creation of the state of Greater Lebanon, which has already been under resolution 318 in the atheist and the thirtieth of August 1920, and imposed their hegemony on Lebanon, which was an expression of French interests and a reflection of the policy of mandatory French achieved by them Maronites, and based on the deepening of the contradiction between the Lebanese communities through the acquisition of the economic capabilities of the Lebanese state.It reinforced the Maronites and their presence in the Lebanese entity through French support them in the constitutional institutions, especially in the representative councils that have been adopted primarily on the census, which sought through which the French authorities make the Maronites more numerous than the rest of other communities, which make them account for the lion's share of jobs Government representative councils and high - level positions.Maronites Fort themselves constitutionally through the incorporation into the Constitution which was announced in the twenty - second of May 1926, many of the constitutional articles which gave them great privileges were able which make the state institutions in the interests of the service, as it took over the post of president of the republic, which grants privileges and powers of the very broad not It gets them any President of the Republic in the world, and a demonstration of that rejection for waiver of the Maronite presidency of the Republic of any other denomination, and this is what happened in 1932, and in cooperation with the French Commission, which intervened in their favor, and has disabled the Constitution until 1936.Lined Maronites in Lebanon about a polar Maronite policy and key are Bechara El Khoury, who represented the moderate trend of the Maronites, while such as Emile birth trend isolationist of the Maronites, and this is reflected on the political orientations of the Maronites, and who supported the majority Bechara El Khoury direction until 1943, when everyone unites in in November of the same year the crisis, but that did not last long, as it collapsed autism Maronite front of Bechara El Khoury's policy of nepotism, corruption and the spread of corruption, and that the effects of other Lebanese sects against Maronites, so I tried hard to maintain their earnings and protection from loss, because of the actions is studied by the President of the Republic, Fady then split the Maronites themselves, which is reflected provoked by the 1952 uprising, which ousted the gospel Khoury, came Bkamil Shimon for the presidency, but the new president did not learn a lesson from the mistakes of those before, returned to practice the same policy, Maronites, raising again, fearing for their interests from being lost, especially after it came to the case of the popular ferment culminated in elections in 1957, and the explosion of the situation and out of control in the bloody events in May 1958.
Summary:
References:

منظمة حركة عدم الانحياز وموقفها من قضايا المشرق العربي 1955 - 1980 == The Position Nonaligned Movement 1955 - 1980

Author name: محمد رشيد غافل سالم
Supervisor name: كهلان كاظم حلمي القيسي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: Non - Aligned Movement passed in terms of origination historical precedent stages of World War II. And it formed the Second World War and the emergence of the main forces represented in all of Soviet Union, the United States and the American Cold War and a major cause of birth.Was the respective roles of presidents Yugoslav Tito, and Egypt's Gamal Abdel Nasser, and India's Jawaharlal Nehru, the impact of the consolidation of the organizational foundations of the movement through the Bandung Conference in 1955, and the Conference of Brioni in 1956, and the first conference of the movement in 1961 in Belgrade, it took the movement international circumstances to increase in number, membership and effectiveness in the international arena and it had a role in easing tensions and to call for international peace and security.Counting Brioni conference the basic building block for the emergence of the Non - Aligned Movement, as shares in the close cooperation between the Non - Aligned Movement on the scope of the Bandung Conference crystallization formats Movement and to the creation of new patterns of cooperation relations between the countries and not restricted to African and Asian countries, but also European.The Yugoslavia and its President Tito large and intimate of the Arab nation a friend, and is reflected in its support and its support for the Arab cause fair, and Neil Arab countries rightful place in politics or the economy, Yugoslav - Arab relations began to flourish since I care Tito President Abdel Nasser and liked it and raised close relationship between them, and the way I feel the issues of the Arabs and the need for access to their independence and achieve their will, so he stood beside Egypt against attacks (Israeli) and endorsed the move Egypt to arm its army and supported Egypt's nationalization of the Suez Canal because it is part of the Egyptian territory, and the back of his support in the United Nations, as supported by Egypt, and to stop against the tripartite aggression launched by France, Britain and Israel and condemned the aggression, Yugoslavia was the first country leading up to claim the intervention of the United Nations crucial to the reduction of this aggression is justified, and went out several demonstrations in Yugoslavia supported Egypt against aggression, the Egyptian people and supported volunteers, money and contributed in the international force that formed stands for the armistice lines between Egypt and Israel and clearing the channel. It contributed to the Non - Aligned Unionist support in the project, which took place between Egypt and Syria in 1958, and to stop deduced from the separation that took place in 1961, and was with Abdel Nasser in his decision not to use force against the separatists.It was of the Organization of the Non - Aligned big role in the first conference of the countries holding the Non - Aligned visited a group of African and Asian countries calls for the heads of its countries and peoples to participate in the Belgrade Conference in 1961, and select the conference the principles of the movement and it does not allow the blocs and to renounce the Cold War and the call to unity and expansion it is in the movement of 25 countries to 49 countries at the Cairo Conference, which is concerned with economic issues and the need for decolonization and the removal of military bases.What the movement's position on the Palestinian issue in the partition of Palestine stage was associated position Yugoslavia nature of the prevailing international situation that accompanied the developments in the Arab conflict - (Israel), has participated in the membership of the United Nations Committee on Palestine and presented a project called Project minority, and when the vote was taken on the partition plan refrained Yugoslavia the vote was a neutral stance, but that this attitude completely changed with the outbreak of the Cold War and the emergence of the idea of alliances in international politicsIt exposed the trick (Israeli) and appeared on the reality of colonialism base and global imperialism in the Middle East and the Mediterranean region and this is what called Yugoslavia to the need to look for new bases for its policy in the Middle East and after multiple meetings Tito with Abdel Nasser and the emergence of coordination and cooperation between Egypt and Yugoslavia began Relations landmarks unclear between Yugoslavia revolutionary Arab powers, and it tried to (Israel) achieve political gains mediated Yugoslav president due to his ties close in Egypt, but Tito refused to be based intercede with President Nasser for a peace agreement, and when the intensified crisis between Egypt and (Israel) in May 1967, Tito announced that the pressures directed against Syria and Egypt on the part of (Israel) is very dangerous, which could lead to a global clash.When proceeded (Israel) to launch an aggression against Egypt, Syria and Jordan, the fifth of June 1967 morning, Yugoslavia issued a statement strongly condemned this aggression and expressed sympathy with the struggle of the Arab peoples and criticized the government of Yugoslavia Security Council resolution No. 242 and said that reward the aggressors, as he attended the Moscow conference of the socialist countries of Europe to discuss the Middle East crisis, which condemned the aggression and confirmed European countries to support the just struggle of the Arabs, and Yugoslavia diplomatic relations with (Israel).At the United Nations level movement has always been calling for the condemnation of Israel and its demand to withdraw its troops immediately without limitation or shares condition of President Tito projects to resolve the crisis and visited Egypt, Iraq and Syria in August 1967, and another in early February 1968, but that all projects Saidh provided by the profile or the level of the Non - Aligned did not succeed in front of intransigence (Israeli) which puts obstacles in the way of a just and comprehensive peace.Movement constantly worked to support the struggle of the Palestinian Arab people through its leading role in the Non - Aligned emerged this support at the Third Conference of the Non - Aligned Movement in Lusaka in 1970, was Yugoslavia behind the historic decisions that demanded the rights of the Palestinian people, and while holding fourth conference of non - aligned countries in Algeria in 1973, Yugoslavia was in the forefront of countries which confirmed its support of the Palestinian revolution, and it was a letter of Tito in the conference in line with the struggle - line anti - imperialist forces in terms of support of the Arab people and the need to impose sanctions on (Israel) and its condemnation because of its threat to international peace and its defiance of world public opinion.In the October War in 1973, the Yugoslav government issued immediately after the outbreak of war a statement carried it (Israel) responsible for the outbreak of fighting, and demanded that the forces in favor of peace to take practical steps to help the Arab countries that are struggling for the liberation of its territory, has supplied Yugoslavia Egypt during the war with weapons necessary and ammunition them, and informed the governments of Syria and Egypt support the Government and people for the struggle of the ArabsAfter the October war strengthened the relations between Yugoslavia and the Palestinian revolution, the Palestinian leaders hosted and gave them support and assistance, and it was Tito encourages Arabs to liberate their land by force and the use of weapons, because it is the only way for them, and after the deterioration of Egyptian relations - Yugoslavian on the impact of President Sadat's visit to Jerusalem and concessions presented at the expense of the Arab Palestinian people and their rights, Tito strongly opposed the Camp David agreement because it does not take into account the interests of the people of Palestine, and we see it stays true to the struggle of the Palestinian Arab people to the day of his death on the fourth of May 1980.The positions of the Non - Aligned of Iraq was Iraq and across the stages of the history of their struggle, which expressed all the different forms, from the forefront of nations calling for the content of the non - aligned policy, but the internal events in Iraq and the political instability of it, which lasted until 17 revolution - July 30, 1968, and to system biased attitudes of the West, I have occupied from actively contribute with the rest of the peoples of the third world in the Non - Aligned movement, came in Iraq's role in the emergence of the movement and crystallized phase.However, those constraints do not permit the Iraqi people to know of his will free and independent, and personal nationalism, and his timeless Alancianah, was able to end all forms of exaggeration and underdevelopment revolution in the 17 _ July 30, 1968, and that the stems through clear, comprehensive and in - depth approach drawn his goals and principles of the new Iraqi government, to contribute to the actor in the role of the non - Aligned Movement prepared by the Iraqi government theater of the national liberation struggle of the peoples.Iraq has been keen in all conferences held by the movement after the government to be the first to call for the values and goals Alancianah noble endeavor of human to achieve them down to the world's security prevail justice and prosperity and constructive cooperation between peoples, it was also a voice loud national issues libertarian, earn higher support her.On the economic front, the March of Iraq in those conferences intensive activity, and confirmed by the need to get rid of the split to other developed countries and underdeveloped, and the need for people in control of their natural resources, and the need for cooperation of the people in this field.Iraq also has been outspoken on the unity of the movement to confirm the characteristics of liberation, and made great efforts in order to move to countries that actually seek to achieve the principles of limited, and sought to Ataatblor movement organizationally, even as the efforts of Iraq in such a way that to deepen the contribution of the movement in the international arena more deeply and all succeed, it makes it more near of their people and their needs of struggle.In spite of the keenness of Egyptian politics before the revolution of July 23, 1952 to maintain friendly ties with the West and especially the United States of America, has proceeded contrast to the spun yarn contact between them and with a neutral approach to the Asian countries, especially India and represents that its participation in New Delhi, the second in 1949 and maintaining on neutral approach to international issues that had occupied the international scene at the time.Egypt's foreign relations entered a new stage, including its relations with third countries in the world after the victory of the revolution in July 1952, Egypt has abandoned its policy of appeasement with the West, to begin a new chapter of political relations between Cairo and Third World countries. The most important and the creation of developments within several years have contributed to the drafting of the Egyptian policy directions, objectives and modus operandi involves as much as a few unexpected surprises. It was marked by Egypt's relations with the leading principle in the development of the Non - Aligned Movement to India and Yugoslavia flexibly unusual countries, it coincided spree and the United States and the Soviet Union in the Cold War. Was opening up by Egypt on the neutrality of the Afro - Asian countries, trends, and rejected the principle of Western alliances, declared this one turns that identified the Egyptian policy towards domestic and international issues.Expressed Egyptian politics policy of neutrality and non - alignment in a lot of situations, and coincided with the movement states sent into being in the wake of holding the Bandung Conference in 1955, despite the difference in some of the starting points towards the Arab and international issues at the time as an alliance of Baghdad and exciting than the reactions of Arab and different Dlah.In this context, Egypt tried to do a prominent role in the movement, as they expanded and headed by Gamal Abdel Nasser to build bridges with the movement states in order to promote the ideas of neutrality and impartiality in the Arab region especially, prompting Egyptian politics to work in order to find every opportunity through which to deploy the concept of neutrality and non - alignment between the Arab countries invested in the leading position of the Arab League.The concept of neutrality and non - alignment has a very distinct role in the overall Egyptian, Arab and regional relations. Out of appreciation Saeb of the Egyptian leadership of the importance of that concept, they tried by all means to make it an effective tool to investigate the far - reaching their goals associated with the conditions of the Cold War directly. Egyptian leadership position was not, nor the world can the third ignore secretions of this war on the ground at that point that followed in 1957, making it the third world countries a third party is actually in the midst of the events that paved the way to the emergence of the concept and the principle of non - aligned through movement international in the first summit of the movement in the Belgrade Conference in 1961. This is at a time when Egypt were not ready to link itself to any form of Western blocs, including the Baghdad Pact, which is contrary to the stated policy of the Egyptian leadership to follow the policy of neutrality and non - alignment. Leaving the direct impact on the course of relations between Cairo and Western countries were following the nationalization of the Suez war of President Gamal Abdel Nasser of the Suez Canal in 1956, the best proof of the strength and hardness stand committed to a policy of non - aligned countries.The ambitious national leadership that can be NOTE problem when Abdel Nasser, was found in the spread of the concept of neutrality and non - alignment is better given to achieve this ambition, which embodies the establishment of the United Arab Republic in 1958, which form a kind of concern for the policy of Western countries in the Middle East as long as it threatens Systems Circle in the orbit of Western policy, which contributed to the emergence of what is known as the (Arab Union) between the Hashemite family in Iraq and Jordan to reduce the importance of unity between Egypt and Syria, as well as the affected countries in the region Egyptian neutrality policy, when rapid change of Iraq revolution July 14 came in 1958 which brought down the royal regime, was quick to declare the Revolutionary Command pursued a policy of neutrality and non - aligned foreign policy declaring the Republic of Iraq, and this is what explains the Egyptian - Iraqi rapprochement before statement revolution.It may be noted that non - aligned countries have tried to build new relationships at the beginning of the sixties of the last century, based on the common goal in its policy to emerge on the international politics of an international movement that has its components Theater, and with the impact of the issues that arise at the level of Nations body United. In the first summit conference in Belgrade in 1961 and who launched the movement states it achieve its goals, including Egypt, which had differentials in its foreign policy following the collapse of unity with Syria and military intervention in Yemen to help the republican government.Focused the attention of the Egyptian leadership to strengthen its position in the axial movement, which represents Egypt to host the Conference of the Second Summit of the Movement in Cairo in 1964 at the stage of stabilization have begun to see the escalation of Israel against Arab countries and thus the war June 5 1967. Which turned out to the role of non - Alahaniaz movement in strengthening the venerable Arab side public and private Egyptian, which was reflected in the decisions taken by the United Nations body, has not seen any stage of the history of Egyptian politics and within the framework of itching that support and the support given by NAM countries to advocate for the Arab cause against the continued occupation (Israel) to the territory of Egypt and some Arab countries.Was the first summit in Belgrade provides support for the full restoration of each among the Palestinian Arab people, including spending and the Charter of the United Nations and its decisions.The second conference in Cairo in a position to develop a real Non - Aligned Movement towards the question of Palestine, and in light of the position taken most comprehensive conference which support the armed struggle for the liberation movements, the Conference decided to condemn the colonial policy in the Middle East and decide in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations.Extraordinary Congress came in Belgrade in 1969, adding to the previous resolution to condemn the occupation of Arab lands and reject annexation of land aggression and war, demanding to withdraw from all the ground, and remain the same Wish List, a lack of reference to that (Israel) that occupies the territory of the three countries. And the resolution of the third conference in Lusaka in 1970 command to confirm that the continuation of the occupation (Israel) to the territory of the three countries of the Non - Aligned Movement is a challenge to the objectives of the Non - Aligned and breach of the principles of the United Nations movement.The Fourth Conference in June 1973 titled more comprehensive than the previous decision where he became a decision situation in the Middle East Ntejhn occupation (Israel) to the territory of the non - aligned countries which threatens peace in the non - aligned countries and world peace.The fifth Summit Conference in Colombo in 1976, he stressed the need for the division of financial, military, political and moral of the PLO and Arab countries aid in their struggle against Israel.The Sixth Summit in Havana in 1979, just collect and confirm the previous resolutions that have committed themselves fully to the right of the Arab.
Summary:
References:

صناعة الغوص : الغوص وراء اللؤلؤ في الساحل العماني (1820 - 1929) : دراسة تاريخية == The Industry Of Diving : Diving For The Sake Of Pearls In The Omani Shore ( 1820 - 1929) A Historical Study

Author name: محمد حموز لفتة الحجيمي
Supervisor name: حسين كامل جابر الشاهر
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Many researchers and historians have studied the history of the Arab Gulf in general and the history of the Omani Shore ( The United Arab Emirates ) in special , but they in their study concentrate on the political aspects especially in recent times because of the appearance of oil and the area has entered a new stage with the European compete , Many of these political and social aspects need further study and inspection especially in the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century especially if they are studied each alone. This was the motivation to choose this subject. The industry of diving ( Diving for the sake of Pearls in the Omani Shore 1820 - 1929 ) , in this stage , many economical and political changes had taken place in this part of the Arab Gulf , The Emirates of the Omani Shore. The study has specified the period of ( 1820 - 1929 ) because the first date represented the agreement between Britain and the Emirates of the Omani Shore and its arrangements as the observance of quietness and stableness , also Britain had imposed its control on the economical activity of Arabs which is represented by trade because it tied the movement of their trade fleets by inspection once and by observance second , also Arabs were prevented from building big trade ships. As a result , people of the Omani Shore had to depend on another economical activities for the sake of living , so they turns to diving for the sake of pearls because it is the most important economical activity after trade. This thesis contained an introduction , a preface of the subject , four chapters and a conclusion. In the preface , the researcher has explained the importance of pearls in the economy of the Arab Gulf in general and showed its role in directing the European forces to control it because of its great role in the economy of the people of the Arab Gulf reaching the beginning of period of the research. The first chapter had studied the basic elements of diving for the sake of pearls , the researcher studied the natural , social and economical elements and showed its role in diving because of its clear effect on the activity of people. Also the researcher studied the industry of ships and their kinds because of their relation with the process of diving , in addition to the labors because they are the vital role in the industry of diving in addition to the industry of diving tools because they are the main way to achieve the work. The second chapter studied the process of taking pearls out in the Omani Shore. In it , the researcher studied the organizing and using pearls submarines and the other preparations for diving in addition to the financing of the diving voyage because it depends on the borrowed capital and specifying the diving seasons because of the period of time in which the sailors move to the submarines also the risks which face the divers and the dividing of the interests on the staff of the diving ship and the social effects of diving because it represents a conflict between Man and the environment around him. The third chapter studied the trade of pearls. The researcher discussed the development of the trade in the Arab Gulf and its reflects on the Omani Shore , also the markets of pearls were discussed because they are the last stage to achieve the work of the sailors to get benefits. The researcher talked about the merchants who are working in pearls trade whether Arabs or foreigners and their role and abilities in trade were clarified. The effect of trade on the social life also the researcher tried to give a clear picture of the economical value of pearls and their effect on the economical side. The fourth chapter discussed the political issues concerning the pearls submarines and their effects on the social and economical life. The tribal conflicts were discussed especially the conflict between Bany Yas and Al - Quasim which had a clear effect on the economical life , in addition to the escape of divers and clarifying its effect in making troubles among the Emirates. Also the political international issues concerning the pearls and the opinion of Britain of them because it is responsible of the security of the Emirates of the Omani Shore by holding the agreements and Al - Mania was the most important one , in addition to the depression of pearls trade explaining the most important reasons of it. The study had showed that the people of the Omani Shore who are working in diving for the sake of pearls were characterized with patience , courage and facing difficulties , and the diving system depends on indebtedness. This thing made merchants exploit divers by lending them money with a great interest which they couldn’t pay in the season of diving. Also this study had showed the importance of the location of the Omani Shore because it made its harbors as markets and trade centers and the ships came to it from different places. The European travelers had showed during their visits for these harbors the trading importance and this was a reason to attract the attention of the European forces. The rulers of the Omani Shore had depended during their reign on their personalities and fortunes whom they got from taxes imposed on the divers , sailors and diving ships in addition to financing the diving voyage. They had a great role in developing their Emirates and strengthen the economical activity throughout the trading prerogative and because of this fact , Dubai had appeared as the biggest trading harbor on the shore after the weakness of Al - Shariqa harbor and the disappearance of Lanja harbor. This study had showed also the foreign merchants had controlled the local markets especially the Indian and Persian merchants as they were controlling the prices of the pearls and the Sheiks did nothing to prevent them. On the contrary , they had gained prerogatives from those Sheiks and this was the reason why they directly controlled the economy of the shore and this leads to the deprivation of many of the people from working. Because of the importance of diving for the sake of pearls and its effects on the economy of the Omani Shore , people agreed to stop the military operations for four months during the big season of diving.
Summary:

المذاهب الاسلامية واثرها على الحياة السياسية والاجتماعية في بلاد اليمن (132 - 569هـ / 749 - 1174م) == Islamic Doctrines And Their Impact On The Political And Social Life In The Country Of Yemen (132 - 569H / 749 - 1174M)

Author name: محمد حسين ابراهيم العامري
Supervisor name: هيفاء عاصم محمد الطيار
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Prayer and peace be upon the Seal of the Prophets and Messengers Mohammed bin Abdullah honest and trustworthy, and The God of the good and virtuous, and from above and to the Day of Judgement and after : After the expiry of the era of the legislation and the transfer of the amount of Sharia and Mosul about God U flag and holder his message to his creation Muhammad ibn Abd Allah (peace be upon him) to GBS in 11 AH, the need arises to release what it says (peace be upon him) from his Lord and the development of legal provisions of it, due to the update of the facts and things did not face the Muslims did not occur to them at the time of the Prophet (peace be upon him), Vajtahed where people of diligence and spent and have stated they began, has emerged gradually and in stages different opinions in legal provisions, as a result of the different intellectual and scientific trends and perspectives of the Companions and followers and then of jurists in understanding some of the texts and interpreted, and this difference resulted in understanding and derive rulings to the emergence of the so - called later doctrines of fiqh or Islamic doctrines exploited by fanatics and fools and made it political parties divide where it should unite and unite where it should differentiate, and they have taken a shovel to destroy the unity of Muslims and an excuse to throw the seeds of discord which has had the greatest impact on social life and disturbing disorder political conditions in the Arab countries of the Muslims, making up for grabs Tlthmanm Nations.The nature of the country Yemen and geographic composition of tribal and extremism location for the center of the Islamic Caliphate, whether in Medina or the Levant or Baghdad following the Islamic doctrines and invitations anti - succession took the road it took the ancient ones have Lured center of their activity to achieve their political and ideological goals, taking advantage of the mountainous nature of the rugged Mtakvenha protective shield sheltering him, and Islamic doctrines as a pretext for the assumption of the reins of government in the country has been able to Hola of the founding states in the country of Yemen List on the basis of doctrinal different political affiliation. Some of them showed loyalty to the Abbasid Caliphate, others boarded them and showed loyalty to the Fatimid caliphate and some of them did not condemn allegiance to either of them, and therefore has become Yemen torn limb and control the affairs of states list on the basis of doctrinal So witnessed the country's Yemen bloody military conflicts still raised the capital to this day, the Yemeni society deprived the stability element of which is the basis of life and development in all fields Vahml Yemenis economic life and dragged to the intellectual conflict and war fueled doctrines expatriate them, and due to it came to the subject of our choice ((Islamic sects and their impact on the political and social life in the country of Yemen (132 - 569h / 749 - 1174m))) for consideration. Where he remains Yemen Islamic history is the political and cultural Bavagah fertile ground for researchers and scholars in the field of Islamic history and Islamic civilization.These studies are arranged in front and two doors and a conclusion and supplements and a list of sources and references. The first section titled : Nature Yemen geographical and Islam, its people and political conditions of the year 11 AH - 204 AH has included two chapters, which included the first chapter : two axes first we dealt with the origin designation Yemen language and idiomatically, then Oakbna by examining the nature of Yemen geographical Vaherna to its borders and natural divisions and topography of Yemen and climate, and then explained what was to site Yemen and topography of the impact on the country's political and religious life, while the second axis have we pointed it to the spread of pagan religion, Judaism and Christianity in the country of Yemen, and he two of the effect on the country's political life before Islam and the Islam of its people, then we dealt with the spread of Islam, which has been a peaceful manner where he converted the people of Yemen Islam Bonevs obedience and willing without a fight and made it clear where their reasons for this, as we pointed out where the delegations that presented to Medina to meet the Prophet (peace be upon him) to declare Islam, and also referred to the Prophet r workers on Yemen. The second chapter highlighted the political situation of Yemen of the year (11 AH - 204 AH) we dealt with the apostasy movements that have emerged in the country of Yemen during the era Rashidi (11 - 40 e) How did the Caliph Abu Bakr (may Allah be pleased with him) from elimination; and and we have made clear the position of the people of Yemen conflict that existed between the Imam Ali bin Abi Talib, u and Muawiyah. As we pointed out to the revolutions and uprisings witnessed by the country's Yemen during the Umayyad period (41 - 132h) and the reasons that led them to it. And also referred to the situation of the people of Yemen during the first Abbasid Period (132 - 204 AH) and witnessed the country of revolutions and uprisings, and as we pointed out the direction of the safe country of Yemen, which encouraged the division of the country into warring statelets policy. All this has permeated said to the governors of the Caliphs and the Umayyad caliphs and Bani Abbas to Yemen during this time period.The second section was titled : the emergence and spread of Islamic sects in the country of Yemen and its impact on areas of Yemen, political and social. This section included three chapters. We had in the first quarter beginning entry Sunni sects (Hanafi and Maliki and Shafi'i and Hanbali) and doctrines Shiite (Ismaili and Zaidi) to the country of Yemen with a brief study tried through which to offer a broad definition to the owners of these doctrines with male factors that helped to spread in the country of Yemen, Chapter II in which we have considered the effect of these doctrines on aspects of Yemen's political has led these doctrines spread in the country of Yemen to do several states founders of Islamic doctrines taken as a pretext for the assumption of the reins of government, where he was a Sunni some of them represent the state of the sons Ziad (ZIYADI) and the State of brown dust and the state of Bani success (Nagahah) and the state of Bani Mahdi, others Shiite represent the state Ismailia first second State Ismailia (Sulayhid) and State Zaidi and the state of Bani Zerai (Alzerieih) has this mini - states we dealt with in a focused study we gave them a clear picture of each of them in terms of origins and kings, conflicts and alliances that were List with each other and we ended our study of each state by mentioning an end, and focused the third quarter to mention the impact of Islamic schools of thought on aspects of Yemen's social explained the effect of these doctrines in the division of Yemeni society and its regions on a sectarian basis and to the rise of Yemeni women, as well as the rise of slaves (Ethiopians
Summary:
References:

التعليم في اليابان (1868 - 1912) == Education In Japan (1868 - 1912)

Author name: مثنى عبد الجبار عبود
Supervisor name: وليد عبود محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Education is a reflection to society background, philosophy and history, as well as its development and horizons for its future prospects and aspirations. In this respect, the Japanese experience has become an example that should be followed to achieve improved didactic and scientific performance. This success has been achieved so quickly that it has made Japan one of the most advanced countries. Though having a small area, tough geographical conditions and high population density, and lacking raw materials, Japan has managed to make the brains of its citizens a substitution to face lack of natural and materialistic resources. This has positively reflected on its economy growth and on its social, educational, and cultural development.There are two reasons for selection of this topic (Education in Japan 1768 - 1912) : first, it is one of the most successful experiences in the world since everyone agrees that the Japanese experience and its didactic development is an integrated and exceptional human effort which has drawn the attention and interest of the entire world. Japan, the Asian country, has broken the rule that development is associated with the West and there is no hope to enjoy development unless a person is a foreigner or an expatriate. So, this experience deserves not only to be studied once; rather, many studies should deal the educational policy of Japan. Second, most academic studies on Japan have focused on the political and economic sides and overlooked the social side of which education is the most important pillar and the effective channel in the state policy and community. To underline this, most political and economic problems are attributed to education problems. Besides, development in developed countries is considered an equilateral triangle (political, economic and social “educational” development). It is known that development of the social aspect positively reflects on the political and economic aspects, and vice versa. Thus, education is pivotal in the development process in any developed country including Japan. The period covered by the thesis is 1868 - 1912; the first date (1868) is the date of accession of Emperor Mutsuhito (1868 - 1912) to the throne. The reign of this Emperor is known is Meiji. He was committed to the fifth principle of the Imperial Charter Oath : “Knowledge shall be sought throughout the world so as to strengthen the foundations of imperial rule”. This Charter marks the end of two centuries of solitude. It has made Japan open to international and regional countries. The second date represents end of the Meiji Era where Japan reached to an advanced stageof education development. Japan completed the foundation of the education structure starting from kindergartens to imperial universities.The hypothesis that the thesis deals with is an attempt to explore and analyze data and information about the development of education in Japan up to 1912, and review its basic elements and key factors of its rise. It also explores the effect of struggle between traditional and modern education, and plans developed by the government and stance of the Emperor to these plans. The researcher adopted the scientific, analytical and historical approach, and tried to reconcile between the historical sequence and unity of subject to reach objective and accurate answers. The thesis consists of four chapters, conclusion and annexes. The first chapter deals with roots of education in Japan up to 1868. It involves three topics : the first one tracks development of education during the reign of Nara and Heian (710 - 1185), changes in the reigns of Kamkura and Muromachi (1185 - 1568), and reign of Azuchi Momoyama (1568 - 1600). The second topic include education in the era of early Tokugawa (1600 - 1853); it shows the educational policy adopted by the shogun Ieyasu Tokugawa (1603 - 1615) to reform education; explores his disputes with opponents; reviews the effect of solitude of Japan of education during the years 1616 - 1786; and outlines the effect of tribal schools and First Opium War on education (1787 - 1853). The third topic focuses on reviewing development of Education in the Tokugawa Era (1853 - 1868), outlining the effect of Perry expedition in wakening up the Japanese nation of the dormant Chinese thinking, directing them to explore mysteries of modern western education and sciences (1853 - 1868), and getting acquainted with the role of foreign missionaries and Japanese scholars in the development of education (1859 - 1868) and their role in introducing modern sciences which had contributed to preparing Japanese education elite that, in turn, encouraged Japanese to the west, resulting in increased scholarships to the west and Europe to get closer picture of the development of modern science (1863 - 1868).The second deals with the beginnings of modern education in Japan (1868 - 1877). It includes three topics; the first involves the attempts to reform government education as a result of a call by the Meiji Emperor in 1868, and the effect of his call to open old schools and seeking foreign assistance to develop and modernize these schools. The second topic deals with education modernization projects, including establishment of the Ministry of Education and development of the first Educational Plan (Gakusei), as well as the lwakura expedition and its impact on revising the Educational Plan and encouraging women education and establishment of educational associations. The third topic copes with teacher preparation, establishment of normal schools for female and male teachers, development of curricula, and problems facing implementation of the plan.Chapter three tackles establishment of the Japan University and development of education plans (1877 - 1885). It includes three topics. The first topic involves establishment of Japan University and development of a proposed second National Education Plan (1877 - 1880). It also includes an overview of the impact of People for Liberty Movement and stance of the Emperor of this Movement. Topic two deals with the steps for the review and development of the third National Education Plan (1880 - 1885). Topic three involves development of the fourth Education National Plan (1885 - 1890), its announcement, implementation and stance of the Emperor to it. Chapter four tackles development of modern education in Japan (1890 - 1912). It includes three topics; the first highlights development of the education system in primary schools by issuance of new legislation. These include kindergartens and primary and secondary schools. The second chapter sheds light on the education system in the secondary schools, normal schools which graduate professional staff to meet the need of education expansion in primary and intermediate schools and vocational schools and its impact on the Japan economy, as well as, female high schools and their role on the education of women. The third topic deals with the development of high education institutions which are preparatory schools for those wishing to complete study after university; it also deals with private schools and imperial universities since these are high academic institutions for graduating social, economic and administrative elites to serve in and develop different state institutions.The researcher used considerable number of references, official Japanese documents developed in English by the Ministry of Education, as well as many other documents, letters, Arabic and English theses, periodic both magazines and newspapers. The Arabic and Foreign books, researches and studies, and foreign encyclopedias have contributed so much to this thesis by providing valuable information
Summary:
References:

الداعي الاسماعيلي ناصر خسرو وعلاقته بالخلافة الفاطمية == The Ismaili Preacher Nasser Khosrow And Its Relationship To The Fatimid Caliphate

Author name: ماجد حميد رشيد
Supervisor name: غنية ياسر كباشي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Featuring Ismaili sect from the rest of the Islamic doctrines and preaching difference structure, organization and sophisticated. While disappeared advocacy organizations affiliated Islamic Umayyad teams during the two (40 - 132h / 660 - 749m) and Abbasid (132 - 656h / 749 - 1258m) led after the purpose of the establishment of a religious entity - a political difference to those groups, continued imams and preachers Ismailis to maintain this institution and the development of knowledge as the vital nerve of the doctrine, without which strengthened the call and continued survival.Whereas the Fatimid state had, on the basis of which the policy is intertwined with religion, to the extent that every political organization in this country, it was a reflection of the spirit of the Fatimid doctrine itself, until it became, believe an example of religious states in Islam, This invitation "was the backbone of this state, and the most important thing distinguishes itself from other Islamic regimes have looked to call a sacred institution and a religious duty practiced it faithfully and activity, and sought to power in order to be able to achieve this goal, safe and easy, they were looking at them It was a lot for them as an ideological weapon of the system.Caliph was the "imam" Fatimid chooses from among his supporters most powerful tongue, and believe them Jnana, and Olhnhm argument, and Ogzarhm note Vigolh in the position of calling for it following the status of the Imam of the confessional, relying in that much from any Holy Qur'an interpretation of the meaning (O prophet! Truly We have sent , thee s a witness , a Bearer of Gold Tidings , and Warner (45) And as one who invites to Allah (46) `s (grace) by His leave , and as a lamp spreading light) and any Holy Qur'an interpretation of the meaning (Invite (all) to the way of thy lord with wisdom and beautiful preaching , and argue with them in ways that are best and most gracious , for thy lord knoweth best , who have strayed from his path , and who receive guidance). That was our choice for the study of personality, "the Ismaili Nasser Khosrow (d. 481 AH / 1088 AD) and its relation to succession of the Fatimid" not to mention the ideological side "in the Fatimid state" as one of the Ismaili dignitaries, one talent evident owners in the political and religious messages field across the Fatimid call Aban Fatimid rule, in "the fifth century AH / atheist century AD" and who spent years of his life in the Caliph Al - Mustansir Billah "427 - 487h / 1036 - 1094m service." Preacher who is vested with a variety of tasks, administrative, diplomatic, religious, has arrived to the top of the shrine, an advocate and an argument Persia and Khorasan in the Fatimid invitation. The conduct of research was required to be having four classes led by an introduction, followed by a conclusion showed the most significant results, and proven sources and references that were adopted in the preparation of the message.The introduction : he mentioned the importance of the subject and the reasons for his choice, and the research plan and the approach that I walked it. Devoted the first chapter to the study of biography and scientific Nasser Khosrow, as touched upon in the first section to : the biography of his life (his name, lineage, his nickname, his birth, his family, and growing up, and his death), and in the second section of his travels, and in the third section touched on the scientific status, indicating the His printed and manuscript, and the views of the scientists. And I ran to the second chapter has dealt with the Ismaili da'wa in Khorasan in the fifth century AH / atheist century AD, has been included on the three sections, too, it was at the forefront of those detectives Ismaili da'wa in Khorasan during the era of Nasser Khosrow, and the second section preachers who Asarham Nasser Khosrow, The third chapter Achtmt Balambges assets Ismaili doctrine from the standpoint of calling for Nasser Khosrow. Then I ran to the third quarter, which was entitled calling Nasser Khosrow and its relation to succession of the Fatimid, it has included three sections, covered in the first section of succession Al - Mustansir Billah and the crown prince, and in the second section of Cairo in the era of Nasser Khosrow, and in the third section the offices of the state administration and fees and celebrations. And another classroom fourth quarter in which public life in Egypt dealt with through text Nasser Khosrow trip, which included a three axes , namely : First : Army, Navy , and secondly : economic conditions , and thirdly social conditions.The letter highlights the conclusion of the most important findings after a comprehensive study of the subject good and thorough study , also caused appendixes and appended a list of sources and references relied upon in keeping with the traditions of theses. It has faced several difficulties, in the forefront of all the works of Nasser Khosrow written by the Persian language, and did not stand on the interpreter of which only three books did not find enough male and adequate for the life of Nasser Khosrow in basic references and we had sometimes rely on modern references, which may be due burning processes for many of the books of Shiites in general, especially in the east and Ismailia practiced by many of the Islamic Orient rulers anti - Ismaili, the most prominent day ordeal Ismailia grand a year (331 AH / 942 AD) as well as what he has done Mahmud of Ghazni (361 - 421h / 971 - 1030m) as well as what he did to the Mongols the year (654 AH / 1256 CE). Historical descriptive approach was adopted based on the analysis of some of the information and criticism and comparing opinions, to get to the facts, has necessitated the nature of the study rely on a variety of historical resources and doctrinal and moral geography.
Summary:
References:

عبد الحسن زلزلة ودوره الاقتصادي والدبلوماسي == Abdul Hassan Zalzala Economic And Diplomatic Role

Author name: لمى محمود رشيد العبيدي
Supervisor name: عفراء عطا عبد الكريم الريس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This study deals with the character of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala as homage to this figure which has contributed in his intellectual role to confront the political and economic phenomena of the era following the monarchy (the republican era). This stage of history includes many of the political, economic and social events on the national and Regional levels. Among the negative phenomena which Abdul - Hassan Zalzala is putting the right solutions for the problems. That appeared in his economic proposition in relation to the financial economic aspect inherited from the monarchy regime. He focused on the relation of Iraq to the sterling zone and the effect of that on the political structure of the country. That person worked in the shades and was not concentrated on because of his nature and one side and the overwhelming of other people on the other. The study is divided into an introduction, a preface, four chapters and a conclusion. The Preface entitled “Abdul - Hassan Zalzala the Family upbringing and the social and intellectual character,” also which we tackled the cultural and intellectual composition. Chapter One traced the beginnings of the work of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala in the state of Iraq and his political attitudes in some of the internal issues. It includes a brief account of his work in Iraq and some of the attitudes towards the internal political issues. Chapter Two studies the propositions of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala in the structure of the Iraqi economy. It includes the relation of Iraq with the Sterling zone and the monetary opinions of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala. Chapter Three is devoted to the views of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala of the Arab economic integration and his intellectual products in the economic field. It includes the common Arab work and the chapter also shows the most outstanding writings of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala in the economic field. The study was concludes with Chapter Four by treating the activity of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala in the diplomatic career and his work in the Arab League. It includes the work of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala as an ambassador in Iran and Egypt and the Arab League 1976 - 1988. Abdul - Hassan Zalzala did not ignore in his opinions the Arab side and the burden on the political decision to condense the common Arab work and the development of the light of a comprehensive integrated imagining putting the national aims in the advance position, specially the interior developmental aim is the first obstacle for achieving the required development. He sees that when speaking about the Arab common integration, we should put in advance the efforts made to achieve this Arab common integration which did not become at best in the form of economic cooperation. It is very minor compared to the relations of the Arabs with the external world. The opinions and proposes of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala and his attitudes towards some of the political issues is undoubtedly represent reform course that represents solutions to these to say the least.
Summary:
References:

السياسة السوفيتية تجاه القرن الافريقي 1963 - 1978 == Soviet Policy Towards The Horn Of Africa 1963 - 1978

Author name: قيس عدنان عودة الفهداوي
Supervisor name: سمية امين ياسين
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The Somali - Ethiopian conflict over the province of Ogaden and the Ethiopian strong ties with the US were reasons for the intervention of the Soviet Union in the African Horn. Traditionally, the intervention of Moscow came by a way of an agreement to supply military support to Somali in 1963, and the development in the military cooperation between the two countries after the coup of 1969 which brought the General Mohammed Siad Barre into power. The beginning of the Seventies witnessed a huge increase in the Somali military power. In 1974, the policy of Moscow reached its peak, and that same year witnessed the first test for its survival under changeable conditions. The Soviet Union formalized its relations with Somali throughout the peace and friendship treaty in the midst of 1974. Almost successively, the Ethiopian revolution caused the end of the imperial regime in September 1974.Thus, the emperor Hilasilasi was replaced by a military council known by the name Derek which announced its enmity to the Western front and its support for the Eastern front. At the beginning, the Soviet Union policy towards Ethiopia was characterized by caution because Ethiopia was still dependent on the American support and the Soviet Union did not want to agitate the Somali enmity. But the change in the Soviet attitude was underway when Mangistu named president of the military council in February 1976.The Soviet found in him a loyal friend who since his arrival into power announced his will to accelerate the revolutionary march and the socialist inclination of Ethiopia. The Soviet Union began considering what problems its relations with Ethiopia may have on its relations with Somali. The Soviet Union wants to keep its domination on Somali and at the same time to get more powerful in Ethiopia. For the Soviet leadership, it is clear that the development which can threaten that Soviet ambition and which was beginning to take form after 1974, is the fighting which broke out between Somali and Ethiopia because this will enforce the Soviet Union to choose between the two countries. In an attempt to avoid this situation, the Soviets sought, in March 1977, to establish a confederal union including the three socialist countries; Somali, Ethiopia, and Southern Yemen with Djibouti to be added in the future. According to a suggestion written and signed under Soviet guarantee to supply economic and military support for this union. Therefore the regions of tension in Eretria and the province of Ogaden will be given self - rule inside and within the ongoing border arrangements of Ethiopia. The Somali president, Said Barry, strongly refused this suggestion and affirmed that the union could only be established when all the nations would be able to have the right of self - determination. This practically means that Eretria must be member of this union by its own right and Western Somali is to join the union either as a separate entity or as a part of Somali. The Somali president was content that there is a golden chance to seize Ogaden and to annex it to Somali since the ruling council in Ethiopia was busy with an extending internal opposition to the regime and was also obliged to devote most of the military abilities to Eretria Province, where the Eritrean rebels launched a violent war of separation and succeeded in their control over 80% of their lands after badly defeating the Ethiopian army. The key ports on the Red Sea came under the threat of the Eritrean resistance. Added to this, the Western Somali Liberation Front (Ogaden), which was supported by the Somali government, declared war against Ethiopia. Since its independence in 1960, Somali was thinking of seizing Ogaden and for the first time, it was more well - armed than its Ethiopian counterparts. Will the president, Said Barry, fail to take action and let the golden chance slip from him for the sake of the Soviet promises of self - rule of Ogaden —a promise may never be possibly kept by the Soviets. When the fight broke out between Somali and Ethiopia as a result of the Somali attack on Ogaden in July 23rd 1977, the Soviet Union took sides with Ethiopia. Moscow launched the biggest air and sea bridge (after the October war) to transport weapons and military equipments to Ethiopia. The American intelligence estimated the size of the military equipment which Moscow provided Ethiopia about 61,000 ton and the overall value of the Soviet loads about one billion dollars.11000 Cuban soldiers were sent to Ethiopia. In an unprecedented step, Moscow sent two of its high profile generals to take part in planning and managing the war which ended with the defeat of Somali and its withdrawal from Ogaden in March 9th 1978. The Soviet did not achieve their supreme goals but their policy did not bring them heavy loss. Although losing Somali meant for them the loss of their biggest military bases outside the Warsaw League, the final outcome was positive for the Soviet policy because Moscow won a new and important position in Ethiopia. In November 1978, Mangistu visited Moscow and signed a 20 - year - agreement of friendship and cooperation which established the allegiance between the Soviet Union and Ethiopia which was one of the important circles of the American influence. Ethiopia also has a coast on the Red Sea, so this can provide the Soviet Union with institutions which equal in their value what the Soviets lost in Somali. Added to that, the Ethiopian population is seven times larger than the Somali's, its national income is eight times larger than the Somali's, its area is twice larger than the Somali's, and its natural resources are more abundant and its influence in Africa is wider.
Summary:
References:

الامام جعفر الصادق (عليه السلام) واثره في العلوم النقلية والعقلية == Imaam Jafaar Al - Sadiq ( Peace Be Upon Him) And His Effect In The Trasitional And Intellectual Sciences

Author name: قائد كامل حميد البندر التميمي
Supervisor name: عبد الكريم خيطان حسن الياسري
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Imam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him) is considered an outstanding phenomenon in the throughout the history of various sciences and knowledge.He was a pioneer of his peers in both the transitional and intellectual sciences.Such a position had its effect on his students and his close friends who are considered nowadays as the most salient figures such as Abu Hanifa Al - Nuaman , the legal advisor of Iraq ,Mlik Ibn Anas ,the legal advisor of Al - Madinah, Jabir Bin Hayan, the famous chemist , Hisham Bin Al - Haqam the famous theologist ,etc. The era of Imam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him) was considered the golden one ,from which the history can be detected.Such an Imam had acquired all good virtues , honor, and Pioneering.He was one of the great scholars who had renewed the message of the Prophet Mohammed (Be Peace Upon Him) in its implication and content ,giving life a fresh look. This study is divided into four chapters ,in each there are different topics and a conclusion as shown below.In the Introduction, a brief biography of the Imam is presented ,for he had lived and was a witness in important stage of the Islamic history which coincided with the fall of the unjust Amawi State ,and the rise of Bani Al - Abass State.In such a periodImam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him)had successfully been able to raise many generations of scholars and jurists and to spread and teach the real religion through such good groups of people.Chapter One is entitled'' The Scientific Echoes of Some Aspects of Knowledge '',and is divided into three topics.In the first topic is concerned with the Scientific Centers established by the Imam in Al - Madinah and Kufa.The second topic deals with the scientific councils ,those of Dictation and Debates.The third topic is related to those families and houses in which knowledge and science are studied.The fourth topic is mainly focused on the thought and scientific heritage of the Imam (Be Peace Upon Him).Chapter Two is mainly devoted to the scientific sciences with five topics.The first one is concerned with the sciences of the Holy Quran ,showing the most salient those who recite the Holy Quran ,taught by Imam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him).The second topic deals with the Prophet Traditions ,rising the Imam role in selecting the real Tradition (Hadith) from the fake one ,with reference to the most outstanding students in such a field.The third topic is devoted to Jurisprudence providing its definition in language reformation , showing the opinions of the Imam in inventing the legal judgment.The fourth topic is related to Sufism with a precie definition for such a science and the Imam's views.This is because in such an era ,mysticism was prevailing which ,as the Imam thought , formed a dangerous phenomenon which prevent development in life in all aspects.Also, this topic includes the most famous mystical figures who were contemporary with the Imam and told much about him.The fifth topic is primarily concerned with Theology and its effect on those who made violations which were faced by the Imam through his close friends such as Mu'man Al - Taq and Hisham Bin Al - Hakam.Chapter Three is mainly devoted to the significant effect left by the Imam in the Human Sciences (Humanities ) with three topics.The first one deals with literature (poetry and prose).In such a field , the Imam was always encouraging his friends, students and followers to write elegies about his grandfather ,Imam Hussein( Be Peace Upon Him) ,and describing Al - Taff Disaster in a delicate and literary style ,some of them are Al - Kumait and Al - Saied Al - Hamyari.Also, this topic includes Morphology which had received more attention from the Imam in precisely explaining the items of such a science.This can be approved by how Al - Khalil Bi Ahmed Al - Farheedi ( 179 A. H. - 795 A.D.) had made a deduction from this science and added it to his Book ''Al - Ain ''.Next in this topic ,the researcher surveys the role of the Imam in languages in mastering ,like other members of the family of the Prophet Mohammed (Be Peace Upon Him) ,many of them like Persian ,Hebrew, and others spoken and written.The second topic is related to History and Genealogy.In this sense, the Imam was considered the first who studied the stories and history critically and instructed his students to consider them by reason or mind , purifying them from both myths or legends.In this way, a number of his students had been famous in such a field such as Jabir Bin Yazid A - l - Jaafi ,Mussa Bin Oqbah ,and others.The third topic is mainly devoted to Philosophy focusing on the effect of the Imam in such a science and was the firstwho established the major schools of Philosophy which were attended by the philosophers themselves and their students as Al - Hassan Al - Basri ,the fouder of the school of philosophy in Basrah ,as well as Bin Attaa' the founder of the school of Al - Mu'zallah. Chapter Four signifies the role played by the Imam in the intellectual sciences ,with four topics.The first one deals with the sciences of Medicine and Pharmacology in which the Imam had contributed much that the scientists in these days have discovered which in fact had been tackled by the Imam especially in the field of herbals and its benefits and harms on the person's health.The second topic is concerned with Chemistry and the role of the Imam in such a science and what he had instructed his student ''Jabir Bin Hayan'' The third topic is devoted to Astronomy with what the Imam had huge knowledge in such a science.The fourth topic is related to Physics ,revealing how the Imam had discussed Aristotle's view in this sense ,as well as the Imam's father opinion ''Al - Baqir (Peace Be Upon Him ) in that the Universe consists of four elements : soil, water, air ,and fire.The Imam showed his wandering that Aristotle didn't paid enough attention to the fact that all these elements cannot be divided ,i.e. are not simple elements.The researcher has come up with specific conclusions on the role and effect of the Imam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him) in both the transitional and intellectual sciences.In addition ,the current research has required consulting to various references to trace what had the Imam had written himself or what had been narrated from him in deferent sources in different knowledge. The first of such resources are the basic books in history.This is becausewhat had been narrated from the Imam are clear explained in the different stages of history starting from the message of Islam era and up to the First Abassi's era ,consulting the major books by Al - Yaa'qubi,Al - Tabbari,Al - Massoudi,Ibn Katheer,and others ,tracing back all the texts dealt with in this research.As long as the books of translation are concerned and the men who accomplished them are of high significance in this research because they have revealed many of the narrators who had told much of the Imam works such as Al - Najashi,Al - Toossi,Al - Kishi,and others. From such figures many important texts have been discovered which reflected significant aspects of the Imam's life and his relations with his contemporary scholars ,as well as a picture of his scientific life.The books of the Prophet traditions have had a valuable effect in enriching the present research such as Sahih Bukhari ,Tahtheeb Al - Mazi,Al - Esbisar by Al - Toosi,in addition to the books in novel and the Prophet Traditions as they are found in the writings of Al - Khateeb Al - Baghdadi,Ibn Shahrashob,the Second Martyr ,Ibn Tawoos ,Ibn Al - Jawzi,and others.The same can said about books of Jurisprudence ,The Fundamentals ,and Language in supporting this study especially ''Kitab Leesan El - Arab'' by Ibn Manthoor ,''Taj Al - Aroos'' by Al - Zubaidi ,and others.Books related to doctrines ,theology, and Philosophy have had an intimate relationship with the ideological development in Islam and the role of the Imam Jafaar Al - Sadiq (Be Peace Upon Him) in establishing the principal doctrines and distinguishing them from those that stood against Islam such as books written by Al - Sheik Al - Mufeed ,Al - Shahrestsni ,Al - Tabbari,and others.As for those books related to the history of the Imam and other modest Imams (Be Peace Upon Them) ,they gave clear picture of the Imam's life ,his scientific biography and his life successive stages , those trusty followers ,friends, and students. Some of those books are ''Omdat El - Talib Fee Ansab Abi Talib'' by Ibn Anbah ,'' Imam Al - Sadiq Biography'' and other books.Also ,specific books have been consulted which are concerned with how Some Orientals have introduced the Imam ,as well as the Fourth Schools of Islam , and other books.Regarding those books on the Countries ,the present study has greatly been provided by different books with rich information in interpreting places as ''Al - Buldan'' book by Yakoot Al - Hamawi ,''Treekh Al - Kufa ''by Said Hussein Al - Baraqi,and other references. Moreover ,the present research has also referred to modern writings which include various opinions and discretions that reflect the authors' own views ,some of which are in accordance with those of the current study's ,and some contradict them.Also, papers published in scientific journals and those discussed in conferences ,as well as theses and dissertations that deal with the same subject of this research are also dealt consulted in this study.
Summary:
References:

امير اسد الله علم ودوره السياسي في ايران 1962 - 1977 : دراسة تاريخية == Amir Asadullah Alam And His Political Role In Iran, 1962 - 1977 )Historical Study)

Author name: فهد سوادي فهد الزيادي
Supervisor name: نعيم جاسم محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Amir Asadullah Alam is considered an important modern Iranian political figure. He was different from his contemporary politicians by his close and special relationship with Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi who trusted him with his various secrets and made himenjoy advantages unattainable by others on account of the background in which he lived and his family's intimacy with Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi's family.Amir Asadullah took up many ministries and administrative posts since 1944 when he held the position of Minister of Agriculture in Mohammad Saeed Muragheh's cabinet. When the cabinet resigned, he worked as an inspector at the Ministry of Interior and thus he was changing government posts until 1957 when he was entrusted by the Shah to form a new political part named Murdam i.e. People party to constitute a line of formal opposition to the Shah's regime and lend a democratic character to his rule and politics. Accordingly, Amir Asadullah worked on forming and organizing such party and presided it till 1962. On July 19th 1962, Amir Asadullah Alam was entrusted with forming a cabinet replacing Amini's. His cabinet continued working till March 7th 1964. During that period, Iran witnessed political and economic developments as a result of applying the articles of economic reforms (White Revolution) and the political developments accompanying them are represented by the rejection and violence wave for those reforms by a big section of the Iranian people, especially clergymen.After the resigning of Amir Asadullah Alam's cabinet on March 7th 1964, he was ordered by Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi to hold the post as a chancellor of Behlavi University in Shiraz. He was the chancellor of the university till his resign in 1977 because of his having cancer. He died in 1978. When he was holding the Ministry of Royal Court, he had significant attitudes towards local and foreign policies at that time
Summary:
References:

وزارة المعارف العراقية 1920 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية == The Iraqi Ministry Of Knowledge 1920 - 1958 Historical Study

Author name: فلاح حسن كزار عباس
Supervisor name: كريم مراد عاتي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Ministry of education considered as one of important Iraqis' offices which formed in Iraq for the period 1920 - 1958, it's important was that it’s the only one that responsible about preparation and build generations , and support all state institutions and it's offices with the functional individual scientific and administrative , that reflect it'd scientific and civilized role and the range of progress of Iraq in both levels in internal & external.The study of ministry in it’s administrative sides in that period was not discussed in the other studies , which stimulate the researcher for study it, also the administrative sides for any ministry have the important which many of modern academic study concentrate on it, to know the structure organization of the ministries, from it's specialized offices and the officials that operated and their scientific and educational specialism, and how many wealth which assigned from public budgetary of state for it's scientific and administrated duty and that reflect the size of administrate development and other.The ministry have seen many administrative development , at the beginning with direct British occupation (1914 - 1921) , at the period (1914 - 1918), it's works relative with (incomings officials ) in Basra and Baghdad , on August 1918, it's become as establishment named as ( public knowing attendance), when Iraqi temporary kingdom has been established in 23 august 1921, it's been self - governing ministry when ministry of health has been separated, and know it's named as (Ministry of knowledge ) it still as that until the royal regime has been drop down on 14/July/1958. Offices whose managed this ministry development it's administrated works and continue with global growth has been founded in this field , specially form whose of them that have superior specialized certification, also they called for (international committee) for help in put plans that making the rising of it's works.The works that accepted from ministry have the clear role in put the first basis of acts and instructions for the Ministry of knowledge in Iraq , and establishment of natural foundations and specialized the work of ministry and it's officials , when we see the historical stage , the level of scientific progress and the general situation in the country
Summary:
References:

الدعاية المذهبية والسياسية في بلاد المغرب خلال القرنين الثاني والثالث الهجريين == The Political And Doctrinal Propaganda In Al - Magherb States During The Second And Third Centuries Of Hijra

Author name: فرح مصطفى قاسم الموسوي
Supervisor name: كريم عاتي لعيبي الخزاعي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Al - Maghreb has witnessed during the second and third centuries of Hijra\ eighth and ninth centuries AC has witnessed political and doctrinal propaganda which used the form the main aim was to form their own state so that they can practice their own doctrine freely. It is clear from the study that the propaganda is a mean used to achieve certain purpose that the propaganda is made for many factors which are mentioned in summary : The first factor : the leaders of the propaganda who put the foundation and styles of the choice of the promotions. The second factor : the propagandists have the main task. The success of the propaganda depends on the smartness of the propaganda and amount of effort.The third factor : the environment in which the propagandist spread his ideas is an important factor.The fourth factor : the political situation of the country helps to establish states. When we find people are dissatisfied with the authority, we can spread your ideas easily with the least costs and efforts. In addition to the factors above, there is an indirect factor used by the propagandists which is the secrecy in which they promote their ideas for their care to promote their ideas. Thus, they manage to establish a political entity which was the result of spreading their doctrinal propaganda. They were able to find believers in them and their ideas in a way they can make revolutions against the authority and make their own states. That was clear in the middle of 2nd century of Hijra. There were three states; the first was deconverted from Islam to atheism while the callers of the khawarij manage to establish two states each represent the propagandists. The means of the propagandists they followed to spread their propaganda on the religious and mundane levels were the different doctrines spread in the Maghreb states in a very close time period. Different states were held in Maghreb during the two century period each one was different form the other in doctrine and sect. The propaganda material was also varied and different according to the need for it and the environment in which the propaganda was spread. It was fat material which incorporated the hadith of prophet and the predictions and blessings of the Mahdi and the slogan of the satisfaction for the posterity of the prophet (PBUH).
Summary:
References:

كتاب الجمل والنصرة لسيد العترة في حرب البصرة للشيخ المفيد (ت 413هـ/ 1022م) : دراسة تحليلية تاريخية == Camel And The Victory Of Mr. Strain In Basra War To The Sheikh Al - Mufied (D 413 AH/ 1022 AD) ((An Analytical Study))

Author name: فائق محمد حسين الزبيدي
Supervisor name: نعمة شهاب جمعة اليوسف
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: well as the conclusion and a list of sources and references that Aolna in this study.• Boot biography of Sheikh useful and ensure that, his name, his nickname , his birth , lineage , and death as well as his children and that presents for the first time in modern academic studies.• Chapter One : Under was titled doctrinal views about the allegiance of the faithful Meer Ali bin Abi Talib • Chapter Two : historical novels was under heading out on the Caliph Uthman.• Chapter III : Historical Almruyat for the Battle of the Camel.• In the final conclusion, which includes the most prominent findings and a list of sources and references, and summary in English. The Yes of God for this religion that he raised him in every age range of scientists and dignitaries from Mashra virtuous so late, Vohassanoa Madarsthm and built bases , and left us with an enormous wealth and great heritage , Anbthaga to its sources , the purest and its tributaries. Of these extraordinary , Sheikh useful ( 413 AH / 1022 AD) , may God rest his soul and make paradise resting place , which is aware of the flags of centuries fourth and fifth Hijri and one of the leaders of his time , as one of the men who excelled in science and classification throughout the years of his life. It is an excellent choice with the help of Dr. Nehme Shihab was I faced some difficulties as any student looking at the subject and especially as it combines the science of history and learned men of modern science because this led me to refer to the many specialized in these three Knowledge and other sources is not easy to master , who is running experience student academic research for the first time in his life, and with all the grace of God has been able to overcome the difficulties in the curriculum and resources and with the help of my teacher and supervisor wise direction. Has necessitated the need for this letter is organized with an introduction and preface, three chapters and a conclusion , and here it should be noted that this division is inspired by the book (the sentences and the victory of Mr. strain in Basra War) as Analysis of sources : This study, like other academic studies relied on a large number of sources, references and research that were distributed among the different fields in history, local history or in the translations and biography or geographical books and travel literature as well as modern references The following presentation and analysis of a summary of the most important sources and references that were It has a clear impact for the preparation of this letter : - • General history books : It is books that are meant to take the flag campaign and others in the country as a book (the date of the Apostles and the Kings), to Tabari, Abu Ja'far Muhammad bin Jarir (d. 310 AH / 922 AD), in which historical events show, the book (the history of the city of Damascus (for Sakba, Abu Kassim Ali Bin Hassan Ben God's gift to bin Abdullah Shafi'i (d. 571 AH / 1175 AD) has served us so much Vengda encyclopedia in the history of the Islamic civilization has reviewed the conduct of men and women also, who emerged fields of public life, particularly in science, knowledge, and the book (regular in the history of the kings and the UN), to Ibn al, Abu Faraj Abdul Rahman bin Mohammed bin Ali (d. 597 AH / 1200 AD) and the book "full of history" to Ibn al - Athir (d. 630 AH / 1232 AD) there is no doubt being a Guinness in Islamic history.• genealogy books : We based our knowledge of the lineages of some scientists and their assets, including book (genealogy), of heard me, Dad Said Abdul Karim bin Mohammed al - Tamimi (d.562 AH / 1166 AD) and book (the pulp in the refining lineages), the son of ether, Abul Hassan Ali bin Abi Karam Mohamed Bin Mohammed bin Abdel - Karim al - Shaibani (d.630AH/1232 AD).• Geographic wrote : The geography books that enriched the various search information, whether concerned with the nomination of the city or location, including a book "Dictionary of countries," authored by Sapphire Hamwi (d. 626 AH / 1228 AD), which is a record of many historians, geographers who came after him. Note that we relied on a variety of other sources for Aasa numerous to mention in this introduction also enlisted some modern references that did not have a key role in building the structure of the messageFinally, the perfect God Almighty alone, and we praise and thank him for what we have from grace in writing this letter , I ask God to guide our steps and bless us in our humble service of science that he listens and responds
Summary:
References:

تجارة الرقيق في شرق افريقيا والخليج العربي (1820 - 1914) == The Slave Trade In East Africa And The Arabian Gulf 1820 - 1914

Author name: فادية جمعة اسماعيل العبادي
Supervisor name: احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Slavery knew since ancient times, its age estimated as long as history, its treatment varied from people to another, and Islam came and found slavery vested in the social and economic entity, it did not canceled at once, but rather sought to drain its resources and the expansion of its banks, and slavery was known in the African continent, which was spending the each other, and the Arabs knew the African slavery and traded it on a small scale, but the expansion of trade is done by Europeans in the modern ages through their geographically discovery which leads them to the African continent , so they have to trade slavery for four centuries, and the slave trade increased after the discovery of America.The West worked in the slave trade in West Africa, while the Arabs worked in the east of the continent, and what increased the Arab needs at the beginning of the 19th century is to plant the cloves trees and the increased need to the working labor, and the Arabs used the internal roads to get to the center of the continent and bring slave to the coastal areas in the east of Africa, Zanzibar became the main center of the slave trade, and then transferred it to the Arabic Gulf.Britain tried to prohibit that trade Olive to human causes, while the prohibition not for that reason as it says, but to extend its control and influence over the region, and to protect its economic and political interests, as well as to fight the French influence and to prevent its spread in the Arabic Gulf and East Africa, and to hit and weaken the Omani coast tribes and weaken the denominators, and dismantling of the African - Arab sultanate. In spite of the Britain procedures to prevent the slave trade and the abolition of slavery later, but the trade continued until the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, but there are documents that confirm the continuation of trade until the forties of the 20th century through smuggling.And required nature of the subject is divided into an introduction and preliminary and four chapters and a conclusion, according to historical research methodology, turning in the boot to the definition of slavery and the historical dimension of slavery, servitude, slave conditions and their treatment, and enslavement methods. The first chapter it has meant the impact of geographic interdependence between East Africa and the Arabian Gulf and its role in the development of trade between them, and the impact of geographic explorations in the European slave trade, chapter II focused on the role of Zanzibar in the growth of the slave trade and its role as a Center for the slave trade between the Interior of the continent's coastal and Gulf sources. internal and external trade and slave track, markets, prices, and the volume of the slave trade , And economic viability, as well as the work of slaves, and the role of the Indian community in the slave trade, The third chapter was devoted to the study of British policy in the fight against the slave trade in the Arabian Gulf and East Africa in the first half of the nineteenth century. And the fourth and final chapter of Britain's role in the total abolition of the slave trade and slavery in the second half of the th century.
Summary:
References:

الاسطورة واثرها في الرواية التاريخية الاندلسية (92 - 484هـ/711 - 1091م) == Myth And Their Impact On The Historical Novel Andalusian (92 - 484H / 711 - 1091M)

Author name: غفران محمد عزيز
Supervisor name: مثنى فليفل سلمان الفضلي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Movement History has hit a lot of counterfeiting and additions and sometimes novel completely changed by Shetty comes in the forefront of global politics and religion factors and therefore did not vacate the Islamic history of these legends but often contained them in the Andalusian history of existence of space and space to make way for the existence of such accounts. The novel legendary Andalusia were not beyond the dye Islamic It affected cultural eastern heritage in terms of lies and slanders that link in Mbalgadtha to the level of myth on the other hand has to be understanding of the criteria in the Islamic era in terms of being included in this concept, which was characterized by comprehensiveness of the different trends of knowledge him which make way because includes all the novels beyond the mental acceptance. In addition, we find a lot of stories related to old to cause related Bamaadz prophetic or mention of the presence of large countries do not have the basis of health in terms of comparing historical events of the region, prompting this matter martyrdom duration old time He graduated from our subject, which extended from the opening Andalusian 92 AH / 711 AD time down to the end of an era denominations year 481 AH / 1088 AD and that while Ibn Yasin made his decision to stay in Andalusia and an end to the era of those mini - states, and this time give a clear picture of the stages of legend in terms of the nature of growth and selected for conditions existing, which shows the main reasons underlying behind the emergence of the legendary novel in Andalusia in a time when novels Establishment of Andalusia and its importance and its cities have specialized novel religious nature at the same time we find that personal hero overshadowed the second phase her. Researchers often pulled away in their studies of Islamic history from the concept of the myth that it interferes in the foundation with the spirit of Islamic thought from religious and sectarian currents multiple linked beside my faith have I do not mean here novels Koranic but those novels and false beliefs that have no basis in fact, and this payment researcher the study of cross - cutting aspects of the topic as well as subjecting those accounts to scrutiny of the field, which exceeded many researchers and writers when Ordohaa in their studies of the history of the Andalusian were those of the reasons that led us to choose the subject and marked ((myth and its impact on the historical novel Andalusian 92 - 481h / 711 - 1088m ))
Summary:
References:

السيرة النبوية في كتاب تاج العروس من جواهر القاموس للزبيدي (ت1205هـ/1790م) == Biography Of The Prophet In The Dictionary Kitaab Taaj Alaaroos Min Jawahir Alqamoos Ll Zubaydi (1205H - 1790C)

Author name: غصون عبد صالح مرجان الزهيري
Supervisor name: كريم عاتي لعيبي الخزاعي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: كان ظهور الاسلام في الواقع ثورة دينية وسياسية واجتماعية واقتصادية، وهو انتقال حاسم في تاريخ العرب ومن الطبيعي ان لكل ثورة دينية او سياسية او اجتماعية مراحل تمهيدية ومقدمات.ان مما يميز هذه الدراسة عن غيرها اعتمادها على ما فسر من مفردات لغوية عن الزبيدي ف | In fact the appearance of Islam political, economic , religion and social revolution ,it was decisive transition in the Arab history ,then make to them one religion call to unity ,and chieve to them political unite, and make Arab a strong unite nation chieve conquests similar to ancient empire chieve ,at natural every political or religion or social revolution prefaces and introductions steps ,this was clear at Arab before Islam ,this preface and introduction show in weakness of ancient pre - Islamic (jahlyah) creeds, if was political or religion or social ,and deflection to leave it for the sake of another creeds seriousness ,and prediction to near appearance corrector prophet call to this creeds.This study distinguished about another it dependence upon what construed from language terms about AL - Zubaidy in his taaj a,aroosih and what came casually in this taaj with regard in biography the prophet through that terms the dark utters ,upon that we can say this dictionary in addition to be treasure from fortune the Arabic language, it was importance source from biography the prophet sources, so it was source to another historical studies.This Study includes : Prelude and five chapters, beside the conclusion and a list of sources and modulation and references.The first chapter contains study author and his book taaj AL - a,aroos with his name and his foster and his scientific standing and his travels ,his old men and his pupils, then we study his dictionary from where title and the peroose of authorship and the sources which depend on it for authorship to this large compilation, then after that we expression his method what it special show biography the prophet (peace be upon him ). The second chapter contains study to biography the prophet(peace be upon him ) before prophecy from where his name (peace be upon him ) and his noble descent ,and marriage his father Abdullah (peace be upon him )from his mother Amnah bint Wahb(peace be upon him ),and his blessed birth, then his early life and his sucking ,and loftier his character then his working and his participation (peace be upon him ) kinsfolk work, then his wives and his children.The third chapter entitled of (the prophet () after the prophecy) ,we have the glad tiding of the people of the book (Christians and Jews ) to his appearance (peace be upon him ) and his worship, and the inspiration hitting (Gabriel) ,then his request secrecy and concession, until he reach to the reception top which was the night of prophet Mohammad's ascension to the seven heavens ( Isra,a wa al Mea, raj) ,and his prediction and miracles ,then starting of Islam spreading ,and two homage the first and the second (ba,atay ala,aqbah alawla wa althaneah) ,after that we stand on the messenger emigration (peace be upon him )(the Hegira) to the town (almadinah) ,and foundation of Arab state in madinah whether in mosque building or in brotherhood (Almoa,akhah) then town paper, and his sectors (peace be upon him ) and his charities ,then his practice to judges, and his legistion and steering ,at last his prevents and teaching. The fourth chapter we stand on the second phase from the prophet mission ,it was the conflict between almadinah and Makkah and starting of exploration stage and sending detachments and starting of the war defiance between Muslims and Quraesh Makkah and rest of the Arab tribes heathenism, where we have the detachments and invasions importance which advantage the Battle of Badr Alkubrah (Ghazwahat Badr) arranged according for historical aseries ,then inter in the Battle of Badr Alkubrah (Ghazwahat Badr) then Ghazwahat bani saleem in kidar ,and Ghazwahat Alswayf , and Ghazwahat Uhud , and Ghazwahat Dhat - Ur - Riqa, and Ghazwahat Bani Nadheer ,then Alrajeea detachment , and Ghazwahat Bani Almustaliq and Ghazwahat Khandaq (ahzaab) ,then detachment of Mohammad bin salama to bani qartaa , and Ghazwahat dhe Qird , and Ghazwahat khaibar, and Ghazwahat Mu,tah, at last Ghazwahat Dhat Alsalasil.Then we finished this phase in chapter fifth in muslim capture on makkah ,and the standing messenger (peace be upon him ) union Arabian Peninsula ,he start in Ghazwahat Hunain,then siege Taif ,then detachment khabut, Ghazwahat Tabuk in the next year and crowning these victories advent of tribes in same year ,and fareweel pilgrimage (Hajj - al - wida ),and death of messenger(peace be upon him ). At last was The conclusion to explain the importance what was the research reach to from results about this study. At the end I want to show that I do my best in this research and if Successes in it that will be from God merciful. if it was the other side so that from my self that because I want to be most clear in my research and in God we trust.
Summary:
References:

كتب الرسول (صلى الله عليه واله وسلم) ورسائله للدعوة الى الاسلام : دراسة تاريخية == Books Of The Messenger ( Peace And Blessing Be Upon Him Family ) And His Letters To Call For Islam (Historical Study)

Author name: غسان هادي زغير الجبوري
Supervisor name: قصي اسعد عبد الحميد الراوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: with the bow in front of the great name of al - Mustafa Muhammad ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) who brights address and search pages from beginning to end, together with the intentionto accept an amnesty for all guilts from me and my pen has no power to provide more. The spread of any religion and footing in the minds and souls depends on the content and its contents in the right call and offering comprehensively in the Islamic religion these pillars of Islam is of the origins and concepts apply to the instinct humanity, it calls for the Justice and charity and to avoid oppression and aggression and look into the kingdom of heaven and earth? , it claims also to science, reading and writing and other social and ethical concepts that agree encroachment of humans and minds supportit without exception, Koran seek all the power and the means possible to install the constitution of human life, it says to Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) and ordering him (warning - evangelization - advocacy - reporting - rift - beautiful - recall - the statement - and education) for conveying the message of the Islamic to the people in every possible image, the Messenger of Allah ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) did this matter to the fullest and show Islam complete and powerful presentation, he called his family and his relatives first and then his people and the sons of his own people, and when the matter has been restored to him and settled in Medina, he called to the various parts of the earth and sent his companions), God bless them) to kings and princes and people and tribes and groups to invite them to Islam. It should be noted that Khudaibiya is starting the Islamic Dawa out of the Arabian Peninsula point to include kings and princes of the world was not the oral call, but it was in the form of books and messages dictated by the Messenger of Allah) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) on his book and sent with his messengers to call people to Islam and religion right It is worth mentioning that these books and letters prophetic impact Islam because they are issued by the Messenger of humanity Prophet Muhammad) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) and this letters are not limited to one side, but in different aspects of them, letters in the secretariats for those who safest, and letters in Aloqtaat, and letters in the covenants and conventions, and letters in charity and Zakat and quintiles, and letters in sentences and the statutes and the laws, and he wrote to his commanders and warlords of armies , and letters in the call of Islam, which are the focus of research and was an effect on the search and spotlight by recalling the efforts of the Great Prophet Muhammad) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) It should also be noted that the impires Byzantine and Persian and their control over a wide impact is clear in the region areas, and when he called them the Messenger of Allah) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) (to Islam they refused his call, the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) the kings and princes who under these two control impires Some of them answered and some of them perished, so it was for these books and messages of impact in Islam. The study required by the nature of the material that is divided into an introduction and three chapters and a conclusion and a list of sources and supplements. The first chapter was titled (writing and writers in the heart of Islam) has included the three sections, the first topic : the importance of writing in Islam through the Holy Quran and prophetic traditions and sayings of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them) and sayings of the Companions), God bless them) and the second topic highlighted the illiteracy and the eloquence of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) and the third section : a book titled Prophet ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) The second chapter titled (books and messages of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) in the Arabian Peninsula) have included two sections : the first topic was titled : books and messages of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) to individuals (personalities) The second section titled : books and messages of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) to the tribes and groups. The third chapter of the study was entitled (books and messages of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) to the Byzantine and Persian impires It is in their authority and included two sections : first section titled books and messages of the Prophet), ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) to the Roman Caesar and his power ; The second section, entitled : books and messages of the Prophet) ( peace and blessing be upon him family ) to Kisra and his power.
Summary:
References:

موقف الامم المتحدة من العراق خلال حربي الخليج الاولى والثانية 1980 - 1993م == Thesis Title The United Nations Attitude Towards Iraq In The First And Second Gulf War (1980 - 1893)

Author name: عمر عناد حمود
Supervisor name: فواز مطر نصيف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The study contains an introduction, an introductory chapter and four chapters followed and a list of sources and seferences. The first chapter entitled : the situation of the united nations regarding traq during the first Gulf war (1980 - 1993 ). It discussed the events and developments of the first gulf war and the resulting decisions issued by the security council to deal with these decisions, it discussed the situation of the permanent members within the international organization, it sheds light on the decision No. (589) issued in 1987.The second chapter : the private interests of the permanent members of the security council and its impact on the united nations " decisions regarding the first gulf war". The chapter also discusswd the political, economic and military interests and the private goals of the five permanent members of the security council and its impact on the united nations decisions concerning the first gulf war and the five permanent member countries attempt to exploit its influence within the organization to achieve its goals.The third chapter : the situation of the united nations regarding Iraq since Kuwait invasion and until cease - fire decision ( 1980 - 1991 ). It discusses the events and developments of the second gulf war since the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait on the second of august 1990 and the resulting decisions issues by the security council to deal with these events until the security council decision no. (687 ) of ceasing fire.The fourth chapter : international sanctions and their impact on the demarcation of the Iraq - Kuwait borders ( 1990 - 1993 ). It discusses the international sanctions issued by the security council against Iraq in accordance with its decisions scince the decision (661) passing the decisions of building safe areas in north and south Iraq and reparations imposed on it and the impact of these sanctions on the Iraq people and the process of demarcation of the Iraq - Kuwait broders, according to Security Council decision No.(833) issued in 1988.Several resources have been adopted in the study : Published and unpublished documents, a variety of arab and foreign studies on the same subject of the study, in addition to a number of arab and foreign reviews publications.We cannot see the situation and the behavior of the united nations Iraq as a normal and regular one, the united nations of the first and second gulf war containment have witnessed different situations regarding Iraq.Its space and timid interval in the first gulf war reflects a state of negligence towards a major regional crisis and allowed it to continue for eight connecting years until the security council issued the decision no.These factors overlapped and produced reactions and movements which seem to be contradictory during the two wars if we assumed that the United Nations has a free decision, which was proved to be not free one by the movement of the permanent member countries. What makes the UN interval into Iraq and special thing guring the two Gulf wars is that fully achieved its goals despite the suffering that the Iraqi people had witnessed.
Summary:
References:

الاراء الاقتصادية في كتاب المسند للامام زيد بن علي (عليه السلام) (122هـ/739م) == The Economic Opinions In The Book Of Al - Musnad By Imam Zaid Ben Ali (Peace Be Upon Him) (122 AH / 739 AC)

Author name: عمر سعدون حمود
Supervisor name: مقتدر حمدان عبد المجيد الكبيسي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the economic and financial aspects of important and distinctive in the life of human societies at different ages and times studies, has expressed his Islamic religion widespread attention to economic issues and financial transactions that regulate the relationship of man with Bari (the Almighty), what should be done from the duties and what should be left taboo this is emphasized by the Shari'a and tried to sow in the hearts of Muslims. In this sense it excelled scholars and scientists Muslims to the classification of books that have had a clear impact in highlighting the Islamic economic approach and address the economic issues that have had impact in the Muslim individual structure and then the structure of society.Among these scholars Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) who has dedicated his life to the right and to serve humanity and the reform of society when the solution in which injustice and tyranny through the takeover of the Umayyad most of the economic resources of the state, so is the book (Musnad) forward Zaid bin Ali (Peace be Upon Him), (Tel : 122 e / 739 m), one of the important doctrinal and rare books in that period, namely the period of the beginning of the era of blogging, which dealt with through the issues and questions of financial and economic transactions that were practiced in the Islamic state markets.I have tried through this study to identify the economic and financial views in a book (Musnad) forward Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) has been reached : - 1 - The book Musnad of important doctrinal books that dealt with many economic and financial issues in Islamic law and which are indispensable for every urge in this area.2 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) accurate and trustworthy and sincere remembrance of the bond when he was mentioned conversations sometimes was little talk Bkdhirh Sindh from the Messenger of Allah (Allah bless him and his family) and sometimes for the faithful Ali bin Abi Talib (Peace be Upon Him).3 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) jurist and pious individual Mstenbta provisions legitimacy so he was answering some doctrinal issues that arise upon an armrest to the Book of Allah (God) and the Sunnah of the Prophet (Allah bless him and his family).4 - became a disciple of Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) at the hands of his father, Imam Zainal Abidin (Peace be Upon Him) and his brother Imam Baqir (Peace be Upon Him) and senior scholars of the city in that period and a student of his hands dozens of Islamic sons doctrines, especially the Imam Abu Hanifa (may Allah have mercy on him).5 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) on the principle of social solidarity in the Islamic economic thought through the premise of Zakat when cited verse 60 of Surah Repentance, and how Islam addressed the issue of poverty and the right of both the poor and the poor and workers to collect Zakat.6 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) to charity and charity - Fitr on relatives (a womb) and replace him sadaqah is not permissible for him. The stresses (Peace be Upon Him) to charity password and their reward with Allah (God).7 - raised Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) to an important issue, but it does not Zakat in women's Costume whether what she is wearing or paid in, as he was not focused on Zakat in gems like Durr and rubies, pearls and all that comes out of the sea.8 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) on the important provisions of the legitimacy and expressed her great interest in his book (Musnad) provisions which have a significant impact on the economic and financial transactions of Islamic society. He referred to the provisions of the loan and mortgage company and to the divine and the snapshot and leasing, deposit, including detailed provisions and explained its importance and usefulness in economic deal on the principle of Islamic Sharia law.9 - Treated Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) issue of five Booty and shamrock and Alglul and select their amounts and how it was spent in Islamic law derived from the Book of Allah and the Sunnah.10 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) the types of agricultural land controlled by the Islamic State of Arab and defined quality : decimal land and the land of Foreign Affairs. He stressed the legality of the farmer because of the investment of agricultural land and the conditions of the farmer and his views were his own in it.11 - The Imam Zaid (Peace be Upon Him) the provisions of the sales and earnings Muslim usury and exchange between the right of the sales that were in circulation in Islam and warned sales corrupt and Terminator them legally, which should not be practiced by Muslims.
Summary:
References:

ولايـة المـوصـل 1032 - 1139هـ/1623 - 1726م : دراسة في اوضاعها الادارية والاقتصادية والسياسية == Mosul State 1032 - 1139H - 1623 - 1726 Ac A Study Of Its Administrative, Economic And Political Circumstances

Author name: عماد كريم عباس جواد الراوي
Supervisor name: عبد الرحيم ذو النون زويد الحديثي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The importance of the study of history of political, administrative and economic state of the connector during the period 1623 - 1726 in being the missing link from the date of Mosul as many researchers avoid dealing with the midst of research on the history of Mosul, in the era of the scarcity of sources of books , researches, and articles dealing with the history of the state on the one hand and locked to mention a lot of developments in the political, administrative and economic which saved by the Ottoman official documents on the other hand, which prompted me to research the history of Mosul in that period in order to complete the academic study progress along with other scholarly clear picture about the history of Mosul has divided the study to preface and five chapters.The preface has dealt with the strategic location of the mandate of Mosul being the link between the mountainous region the region of plains as well as it occurs on the line of rain provided her with the possibility of agriculture also addressed the subject of Mosul to Ottoman rule and the reasons that led to the conflict Ottoman - Persian around Mosul; as well as the political, administrative, and economiccircumstances, witnessed by Mosul during the sixteenth century as taking account of Mosul in a number of Ottoman Empire campaigns against the recalcitrance of southern and northern Iraq while in the administrative side has shed the light on the transmission of Mosul from Sandzak follow the mandate of Diyarbakir to an independent mandate includes a number of Alsnagq at the time that pointed to anything depends Musli economy with mention of some of the industries that were dishonored by the craftsmen of Mosul and thr trade that merchants has been activated on both internally and externally.In the first chapter reviewed the political and military situation, as Mosul witnessed relatively stability in their political status throughout the seventeenth century, which impact upon the strength layer objects, reducing the stability to the disorder represents some strife and revolutions that Mosul witnessed in the first quarter of the eighteenth century, as well as exposure of Mosul to Bedouins and Kurds attacks and Aldasnah tribes attacked villages in Mosul more than once, not to mention the attacks on the villages of Mosul by Bedouin nomads and non - mobile workers such as Arbab pro.I have reviewed in the first chapter the movement ofMahdaviat of a religious nature and the role of Mosul in the elimination of that movement as well as the governor of Amadiyah as well as its role in the elimination of rebellions carried out by Albbh Kurdish tribes inShahrazourparties and otherrecalcitrances in the center of Iraq, such as rebellion son long in Baghdad, not to mention the significant role that Musel contributed in all campaigns sent by the Ottoman Empire to the center and south of Iraq to eliminate the recalcitrance of Al Afrasiab and every franchiser and Almhasain and Alkhozaal and all Zabid also reviewed the role of non - combat forces to Mosul and goal rescued Baghdad from flooding witnessed in the seventeenth century.The second chapter is marked by (the role of Mosul in campaigns recovery and rebellions external) studied through several axes of movement was a rebellion BakrSobashi in the forefront of those axes being the reason that inset the Ottoman Empire in the wars of Baghdad recovery that was exposed to the occupation of the Persian on the impact of the movement as well as other axes was the role played by Musel in the greatestAlsader Hafiz Ahmed Pasha campaign in 1626 AD, and the campaign of the Grand Vizier Khosrow Pasha in 1629, and the campaign of Sultan Murad IV in 1638, not to mention the financial support provided by Mosul to the forces of Ottoman fighting in fronts "and that" the goal of quantities oil and tar sent there in 1634 , also studied Alnjaddatthat Musel was sending out to its neighboring regions when exposed to attack Persian has led to a Mosul military force to rescue Ardalan, which came under attack by Persian forces in 1636.That chapter also highlighted the significant role that Mosul contributed in the campaigns of Kermanshah and Hamadan through the active involvement of the Mosul forces in those campaigns as well as material support goal funded armies of campaign Kermanshah and Hamadan, let alone a detailed study showed that Musel has effective posts in eliminating the rebellions of Foreign Affairs was the involvement of forces of Mosul in eliminating the rebellion Abaza Hassan Pasha in Anatolia and the recalcitrance of the Abbasids in Aleppo.Addressed the third chapter is marked by "administrative status" within the mandate of Mosul and administrative changes experienced over the seventeenth century and of the separation of some Alsnagq and insert another depending on the political developments witnessed by Iraq at the time as a result of the wars of the Ottoman - Persian since shrunk sanjaks mandate of Mosul to three sanjaks the end of the seventeenth century as well as the handling of the administrative body and the head governor and the powers granted to him and duties him to do it and when to grant the first Wally of the governors of Mosul rank of minister and the relationship of the governor populated and encroachments some of them on the population in Mosul since gained Muslims and Christians alike not to mention the handling of administrative tasks to the staff of the governor. He has treated this chapter the powers of the judge and Duties of Man and the corruption that has reached institution of the judiciary in Mosul as a result of being subject to a commitment as well as treatment for the position of mufti to be considered Assistant to the judge in various transactions legal and muftis in Mosul are the product of their local schools as highlighted some families conductivity, which took Ifta the isms Hanafi and Shafi'i not to mention that he presented a study brief union supervision and when appeared for the first time, functions and tasks assigned to implement Captain supervision of Mosul and any family conductivity is limited to those syndicate the layer objects were within the themes studied in this chapter as it touched on the emergence of that layer and the influence that exercised in the management of the state and the reasons that prompted the Ottoman Empire to establish advisory councils at a time when study focused on the military establishment, represented troop softening and the number Ortadtha and their names and abuses carried out by those forces against the population of Mosul, who is integrated a lot of them within the forms of those forces in pursuit of them for the salvation of those infringements as well as other items that were part of the institution of which the local forces, especially the singles and special forces associated with the person of the governor and the feudal forces that formed the backbone of the military institution in the state of Mosul.The fourth chapter is marked by "a system of land and agriculture in Mosul," dealt with the study of processes of comprehensive survey conducted by the Ottoman Empire on the territory of Mosul and classification of land resulting from these operations as divided the territory in Mosul to the three types of main territory of Miri, and Waqf land, and sole proprietorships as the study focused on the way the approach adopted Ottoman state represented by annexing a lot of villages in Mosul and farms to properties Alhmioneh and those who were granted those Alaqtaat as well as the study of the nature of the agricultural land, there are villages and farms, communities and the comparison between imports with a focus on some farms has increased its imports from the villages, or that some groups increased its imports from the villages and farms, it is what is Zaaamt groups and villages what is Timar. Also addressed the factors affecting the agriculture and what those factors and the impact it has had on the agricultural side, there are wars Ottoman - Persian and movements Aljellalah that stood obstacle to the progress of agriculture in Mosul, as well as taxes that have worked on the migration of large numbers of peasants of Mosul as a result of their inability to pay those taxes, let alone natural factors of attacks puppies Najdi, droughts, no rain and cold waves that have long ruled the Cereals Mosul has also addressed the types of agricultural crops, which is famous for its villages and farms Mosul food, including commercial as well as attention to raising cattle and horses and cows and the system of the commitment that was the most important themes chapter has concentrated study in which the reasons that led to his appearance and what proportion of investors Almousliyn of agricultural land under that system and families that have invested the bulk of the territory of Mosul, according to the system Amalikana which replaced the system of commitment to the beginning of the eighteenth century, and finally made a chapter a detailed study on the quality of taxes agricultural land and structures based on them.The Search Chapter V, which is marked as "industrial system and trade" through the types of craft industries in Mosul as focused on the textile industry so that Mosul was one of the largest cities Exporting fabric at the beginning of the means of production and transmission industry cloth muslin Musli to some Asian cities and European as well as the submission brief study of the types of other industries not to mention presenting a detailed study of varieties craft that was governing the work of artisans and duties assigned to them and the problems faced by those varieties factors influencing the industry has been a focus in which infringements of softening that have had a wide impact in the lack of progress in the formulation of Mosul craft .The trading system has been the main focus II, who was based upon the study within that chapter, as examined through internal trade has been to focus on the reasons that led to the prosperity of this type of trade between Mosul and surrounding villages or between Mosul and other Iraqi cities as well as discuss transit trade which picked out of Mosul during the seventeenth century and the first quarter of the eighteenth century and returned its economic benefits as well as its foreign trade, which has increased its activity with the beginning of the seventeenth century and focus search on articles traded with Aleppo and trade activity with those of the state, let alone eat their trade with Diyarbakir, which has seen a remarkable development in this century through the factors influencing trade, represented by the taxes and the method of collection and the corruption of the staff of customs has won the trade routes of great interest in the study and contributed to its active role in the activity of Commerce has acquired Mosul, a network of roads linked them to other cities made it easier the communication process with those cities accept transportation used to transport goods between the cities of Mosul and that trade with them according to the nature of the routes for trade caravans
Summary:
References:

النشاط الصناعي في مصر الفاطمية (358 - 567 هـ / 969 - 1171م) == Industrial Activities In Fatimid Egypt ( 358 - 567 H / 969 - 1171 M )

Author name: علي نصيف جاسم علو التميمي
Supervisor name: سامي حمود الحاج جاسم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study is one of the most important and modest branches of historical knowledge for it is one of the most prominent aspects of Economic Activity. That historians and researchers ignored longly. In addition to that, most of the studies of Fatimid Egypt focuse on Political and Military Studies that exhaust most of the efforts. While we find that studies related to industrial activities are rare and mostly are quotations found here and there within the general researches and books that treat the history the Fatimid State. The Fatimid State period in the Egyptian Islamic history is considered one of the most important and flourishing periods of the Egyptian history in general because it witnessed important civilizational developments that changed the history in different aspects of life. Egypt has become really independent for a period of time of more than two centuries from the Abbasid Stade in Baghdad. It has become the center of the Shia Khaliphate that competes with the the Abbasid State. This of course has lead to speed up of the economical development because the resources of Egypt have been spent inside Egypt and not as has been always shared with the Capital Baghdad before the Fatimid era. This period of time participates in a good part of the development of the economic development in Egypt. It really gives us a vivid picture of the important aspects of the Egyptian Islamic history. Despite the fact that this period has been studied with focus but it still needs more especially for the industrial activities that characterizes this era. From this point comes the motivation for a study of this aspect (The Industrial Activities in Fatimid Egypt 358 - 567 A.H./ 969 - 1171 A.D.). The choice of this subject relays upon two reasons : the first one is that the research period is more than two centuries and consists of a big share of the Economic History of Fatimid Egypt, while the second is that the subject has never been studied separately in a way that covers all aspects of life specially industry. Therefore after dependence on Almighty God I have made the decision of introducing a study that covers all aspects of the industrial activities in Fatimid Egypt. The difficulties faced by the subject are the shortage in historical references and resources, for most of the resources as has been mentioned, deal with political, military and social aspects and not economy. Another issue that the researcher wants to refer to is the lack of balance between the number of pages of the chapters because of the differences in the availability of resources. According to the requirements of the research it has been divided into an introduction, a preface, four chapters and an epilogue that contains the most important conclusions that the research finds in addition to appendices, and references. The preface consists of three points : the first is related to industry and profession linguistically and idiomatically and the difference between industry and profession. The second point deals with the indications of both industry and profession in the Holy Quran and how the Holy Quran urges for work. The third point shows the importance of industry and profession in Islam and the prophets' industries and professions according to the Sunna and Ahlulbeit (PBUH) sayings. Chapter one is entitled (Factors that have helped to development and prosperity of industry in Fatimid Egypt). The chapter consists of three aspects : the first is the security aspect and consists of two parts : first securing the boarders with other states like Nobah and BiladulSham and facing challenges like Qaramita and the Turkish movement of Aftakin, as well as the elimination of Interior revolutions and insurgencies like Abu Rawah, Luatah Arabs, and Kanzuldawlah revolutions, while the second part deals with security services presented to citizens like professionals and tradesmen security and monitoring the markets. The religious aspect consists also of two parts : the first is Islamic tolerance with the Copts and the people of disclosure by the Fatimid caliphs, while the second part is related to commercial installations and facilities created by the Fatimid state to support industrial and craft professionals and merchants for their business practice and the conduct of their products such as Alkiesr, hotels, agencies, and stores and other facilities set up by the state. It provided the security and stability for the people of Trades and Crafts and traders both for those coming from outside the country or from within. As for the economic side it has included five parts : the first part is how the Fatimid state has worked to address the economic crisis that was experienced by Egypt since the year (352 AH / 963 AD), which lasted for three years. While the second part deals with Agriculture and Irrigation. The third was for livestock. Part IV deals with providing the necessary raw materials for various industries, as a metal, gold, silver, emeralds, alum and Nitrite, oil, timber and the like. The fifth deals with the monetary system in the Fatimid era, which includes dinar and the dirham and the Fils. The second chapter focused on the types of industries in Fatimid Egypt and its evolution, this chapter has been divided into two main aspects, the former devoted to the study of basic industries in Fatimid Egypt, as industry textile and food industry types and industry of soap, wax and Industry of Sparkling wines and other food industries, as well as the metallurgical industry as the industry of iron, copper and ivory, mosaics and timber industry, ships, glass, crystal, porcelain, paper - making and binding and leather goods, perfumes and medicines, and the arms industry. The second aspect in which we have considered the secondary industries, which include the popular industries and crafts Statistics that everyone needs to in their daily lives, as an industry and a few baskets, ropes and burlap, and other industries and crafts. The third chapter dealt with industrial and craft communities in Fatimid Egypt, where the correlation of the people of the industrial and craft markets sects in addition to regulations and fees that were imposed by the Fatimid state on those markets. This chapter also includes organizations craftsmen and artisans, it states these organizations initiated by the baseline, a boy and then a manufacturer and Usta "teacher" Captain "Captain sect" At the summit, there were both industrial and professional range head or official in charge known as the "Sheikh of the sect". It also deals with traditions that are controlled in the industrial and craft communities, as we talk about the close connection between the place of residence of industrial and craft activities, and at the end of this chapter comes to deal with the production and sale of goods. The fourth chapter is titled calculation and calculated (AlMuhtasib WalHisbah) and their role in the supervision and control of the industry in Fatimid Egypt. It also consists of two parts : The first comes to know the calculation Hisbah linguistically and idiomatically, and its importance in the Holy Quran and Sunnah and origins and evolution, then Mahzbo the Fatimid era, their deputies and their aides, and place of their council and their clothes and fashion. The second part has been allocated to mention the economic role of Mohtasib in Fatimid Egypt, such as his role and his aides in the supervision and control of markets and shops as well as other jobs in the health, social, moral and religious aspects, concluding this chapter by talking about the sanctions imposed on violators by the Mohtasib and his aides. In conclusion, I hope that I have been able to fulfill the requirements of writing this dissertation asking Almighty God the help and guidance.
Summary:
References:

المواقف السياسية للبدريين بعد وفاة رسول الله (صلى عليه واله وسلم) الى نهاية العصر الراشدي == Political Stances For Badraiyn After The Death Of The Messenger Of Allah " Mohammed "(Peace Upon Him) Till End Of Al - Rashidi Era

Author name: علي محمود حاجم المالكي
Supervisor name: نعيم دنيان عبيد الغراوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the history has not been regarded as thinking in the past that blocked the reality and its questions , but rather it has been considered as an introduction to build the selfness and to achieve change and renaissance. The history , to implement that goal should depend on a set of factors including the deep understanding of the history and balanced vision for the past. Actually, we do not bear responsibility of what others did ,but what they did formed a strong base for any new activity. Reading the history and leading the same way others has led , provide important lessons having to be considered , as Allah Said in Quran " Have not they walked on earth and see how was the consequence of those preceded them”. Of those people were 'Badryun" who formed a significance in the Islamic history and that reached to holiness among most of Muslims. This holiness gets from their prestige via defending the religion in the battle of "Badr". The Islamic History in all its phases endowed with outstanding stages led to important results, of those stages is the battle of "Badr" in the second year of immigration. This stage has been considered as a decisive one where Muslims appeared strong that bewildered Quraish and others who were enemy to Islam and that they should re - considered their instance toward Islam. Due to victories "Badr" achieved , the Badryun became and represented the basic base for Muslims at that time. "The Badryun" that represented a huge significance in the Islamic history reached to holiness stage among many Muslims , but they had been considered as a justice hugely adhered to legislative measures the Islamic religion called for. This holiness got from their prestige that clearly reflected in their defense their religion in the Battle of " Badr". The idea of circulating theory of justice of fellows has been started and the goal behind this circulation was to make the justification a convinced one to have " Maawya Bin Abi Sufyn" ascend "'Caliphs". This theory makes " Maawya Bin Abi Sufyn" equal to fellows of the messenger "Muhammad" (Peace upon him) despite his prestige and rank and despite "Maawya 's violations. The historic reality indicated that " Maawya Bin Abi Sufyn" had become " Caliphate " for Mulsims where many "Badryun" are still alive.This is naturally that the political benefit necessitates to circulate the idea to have all fellows justice
Summary:
References:

المملكة الوسطى في مصر القديمة : دراسة سياسية وحضارية == The Middle Kingdom In Ancient Egypt Political & Civilization Study

Author name: علي عبد هلال طاهر الساعدي
Supervisor name: مهدية فيصل صالح الموسوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Egyptian civilization an important place in the history of the ancient Near East, they are genuine civilization characterized Bzahertyn main points : first, the foot, and the second always, history Pharaonic history multistage continued without interruption and each era of days through special nature and style, and the era of the Middle Kingdom, which we are going to study what is the only heir Forensic Old Kingdom.Chapter I titled (the political situation in Egypt before and after the establishment of the Middle Kingdom), it has been divided into two sections we dealt with in the first section, titled (Intermediate Period first "social revolution") to examine the causes of revolution and political events that accompanied that revolution, while the second section has titled (the Middle Kingdom) in which we highlighted the conflict between Ahnasia rulers of the kings of the two families ninth, tenth and eleventh kings of the family, which resulted in the establishment of the Middle Kingdom. The second chapter titled (the internal politics of the pharaohs of the Middle Kingdom) has been divided into two sections we dealt with in the first section, titled (system of government and administration) the nature of the changes that have witnessed that era in the administrative institutions beginning of the pharaoh's authority and ending with state institutions and how to run the country and the powers and status The Minister of Territorial Administration and the laws that regulate the society, while the second part, which we called (the systems social And economic) dealt with those systems that prevailed in Egypt at the time and social classes that formed the Egyptian society and focused it on the spread of the concept of social justice between those layers, as well as how it is unable to state the wheel managing the economy growing rapidly adopted as the support of the internal sector, maintain and set up agricultural projects with giving missions to mines and quarries in the initial economic plans.The third chapter was entitled (foreign policy Central to the Queen), which was divided into two sections address the first part of which, titled (foreign policy for the family eleventh) the nature of relations with other countries, and specifically in the south and the north - east, west and north, while the second section talked about (foreign policy twelfth of the family), we reviewed the relationship with Egypt during the reign of that strain with neighboring countries, especially Nubia and the countries of Asia and the West We have given a lot of room for modern relations with Nubia where the relationship gradually even becoming more like what the region be an Egyptian colony In the middle of this family. The fourth chapter titled (cultural manifestations of the era of the Middle Kingdom), was necessary divided into four sections carry first topic address (physical manifestations) and where we talked about the physical facilities that characterized the kings of the Kingdom of pyramids and obelisks and fortresses, while the second section was titled (technical aspects), and in which we dealt with those kinds of appearances inscriptions and photography and sculpture, while taking third section title (cultural manifestations) and we follow the biblical and educational development as well as the literary side and the content of Fiction and the rule. While the fourth section accept ideological side in the Kingdom and how it evolved religious beliefs
Summary:
References:

مدينة غزنة : دراسة جغرافية تاريخية (334 - 617 هـ / 945 - 1220م) == Ghazni City Historical Geography Study (334 - 617 AH / 945 - 1220 AD)

Author name: علي عبد المحسن راشد
Supervisor name: ناجي حسن هادي الموسوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of cities in the Islamic countries gains a great benefit as it demonstrates their roles and effects on all fields of life, such as religious, political, social or scientific and shows their statues in the world. Studying cities lately in the twentieth century interested researchers who thoroughly studied cities typography and their architecture buildings which help finding out other aspects of the cities and their development.Therefore the researcher opted to study the city Ghazni by a study entitled (Ghazni City : A Geo - Historical Study 334 H/617 AD). The study covers the city geographically, historically, politically and scientifically. The reason behind choosing Ghazni, which was among the first cities conquered by pioneer men of Islam, is its importance because of : 1 - It's important location in the Islamic eastern part, Sajistan in Afghanistan which borders India. From Ghazni Muslims launched their conquests towards the region of Sind and the other parts of India. Ghaznavids had the greatest role in spreading Islam to India launching their conquests from Ghazni, until the Ghurids came and concluded the conquests and stabilized the foundations of Islam there.2 - Being a juncture of trade roads among the cities of Khorasan and Persia and the cities of Sajistan and India. It was prosperous in trade and its citizens were wealthy.3 - Its role in science and the contributions of Ghaznavids in enriching Islamic sciences and spreading Islamic civilization in India.It is worth mentioning that the researcher encountered difficulty in finding resources, particularly Persian one that deal with Ghazni. However, this didn't hinder the researcher from fulfilling this study. The study is divided into three chapters as well as appendices. Chapter one is a geographic study to the city of Ghazni; its location, borders and cities surrounding it as well as its economic activities, social sects, plans and the most prominent civilization sites and villages.Chapter two discusses with the political life of the city of Ghazni. It shows the political situation in the city in (334H/617AD) and the nations ruled it; Samanids, Ghaznavids, Ghurids and Khawarismis, as well as mentioning the nature of power of each nation, the transition of poweramong these nations, how did they took power, reasons behind this, and fall of each and the reasons, Sultans and Emirs who ruled it.Chapter three discusses the scientific situation of Ghazni, the embrace of scientists by Sultans. It also mentions teaching centers and sciences studied in Ghazni whether intellectual or material as well as scientists.In the conclusion the researcher includes what outcomes the study has arrived at.
Summary:
References:

المنهج التاريخي عند مصنفي الفهارس الرجالية الشيخ منتجب الدين الرازي (ت 585هـ) انموذجا == The Historical Approach For The Writers Of Biography Books Sheikh Muntajabaldeen Al - Razi (585 AH ) As A Model

Author name: علي عباس نسيم الوائلي
Supervisor name: سامي حمود الحاج جاسم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Islamic Sharia depends in great part in its principles - especially those imposed by Allah Almighty on his creatures - on worshipping. The last one depends on the principle of the good and the bad which Allah only knows and has determines to reform the condition of the people in life and hereafter. This is called worship. Islam has left a great space for man to ponder depending on his taste to see the good and the bad, and the right from the wrong, and has left him free in many of his behaviors that have no effect in the interests. This is called the permissible things. Attaining the knowledge of the stipulate principlesdepends on two important sources : the holy Quran and the Sunna taken from the narrators which is the hadith of Prophet Mohammed (PBUH) and his caliphs. The narrators are the human means who inform us the divine codes, from whom we take and apply them. Therefore, we should be confident that what they have given us is the right thing. On that basis the science of Almalrijal (biography) was founded. Many books were written in that basis like the book of Al - fahares, the treatise of Al - Razzi, the biographies of al - Kishi, fihrist Al - sheikh al - Toussi. During the last decade the academic studies tackled in the higher studies for the departments of history some of the books of the imamate history which is rarely studies in other histories.The importance of this study is in being a study of the approach of biography, which is (Al - fahares) which had not been studies. That gives the thesis an originality. The thesis consisted of the following Davidsons and subdivisions : Chapter One tackles the meaning of firistand the sincerity of the narrator in determine the meaning of the sheikhs of Ejiaza , sheikh of narration. Then we defined the arts which we come up with.The second inquiry is about the narrators and the codntion of justice in their documentation, we also studied their private and general documentation. Chapter Two tackled the approaches of the fahares with a review of the first fahares. We displayed in the first inquiry the meaning of the approach and the method of conveying the information for the writers. The second inquiry tackles the study of eight old fahares which one of the materials that are in our hands. Chapter one of the second inquiry tackle in its first inquiry the biography of Al - skiekh al - MuntajabAldeenAlrazzi displaying important aspects of life, especially the scientific biography. The second inquiry tackles the environment in which he al - MuntajabAldeenAlrazzi lives.The second inquiryof the first Chapter tackles the environment in which Muntajab AldeenAlrazzi lived, i.e. the city of Ray, displaying the hsitorym geography economy and politics.Chapter two tackled the study of the fihrist of Al - Muntajab Aldeen Alrazzi study of the importance.The Conclusion includes the ideas resulted from the study. Then a list of references and resources and an abstract in English.
Summary:
References:

فلسفة نظام الحكم في العراق القديم بين النظام اللامركزي والنظام المركزي : دراسة تاريخية == Phylosohpy Of Reign System In Iraq Between The Decentralized And Centralized System (A Historical Study

Author name: علي احمد عبد الكريم الجبوري
Supervisor name: مزهر محسن الخفاجي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Ancient History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Now and after we had finished our thesis writing, we reached to a set of conclusions, can be concluded in the following : First : The emerge of the state in Mesopotamia and whatever the contrariety was in determine its history and whatever the variousness of its nominations whether it was a civil state, a civil kingdom, or a civil town state; the emerge of this state was a natural result of gathering its trinity strategy represented by in developing its political boarders, developing the economy of its society and completing its political and administrative institutions. The rivalry and struggle between town states had rushed in emerging this state since early dynasties period (3200B.C.), and what had accompanied that rivalry and struggle of overwhelming one on another to end that matter by emerging one distance per state in the time of the leader Lugal Zage - Si. Second : The concept of intellectual, religious and political coexistence, interaction and integration between the local clans (Sumerians) and the expatriated clans (AL - Jazreen), had reflected a historical formation of a greatest civilized unit in the history. Also what had those people inherited from their ancestors and their success in uniting their state whether by coalition , peaceful uniting ,or annexation through military transgression had led those people to succeed later in build their decentralized state. Third : As soon as the matter prepared to Sargon of Akkad (2367 - 2316B.C.) , and his control on the political matters in the country ,he declared his strong state demanding a shifting process from political and administrative decentralization in rule to declare his strong centralized state and stating himself a king on the whole geographic territory of Mesopotamia and declaring himself a king on Summer and Akkad until the political , economic and military principals accomplished in his time who succeeded in them to start establishing a civilized , historical and political unit of a new kind where were the strong will and the political wisdom essences for the king and his ancestors the great rule in continuing their centralized state. Forth : The return of the Sumerian rule in the reign of the third Ur kingdom (260 - 1995B.C.), and changing the ruling essence didn’t witness a lax in the centralized reign but it witnessed a development and a new establishment of the strong Akkadian political centralized rule system. So through a deep and accurate sight to what had don each of Ur - Nammu, Shuaiki, and his sons shall give us an ambition presented in the will of this state and its kings to continue the style of the centralized reign were the kings in the Third Ur Dynasty gather between the religious, political, administrative and executive authorities; in other word we can say they tried to gather between the worldly and religious authorities in their centralized ruling system. The third kingdom of Ur didn’t continue Long because two pressures the first ; internal ,presented by the pressure of the Amorite migrations and the second ; is external , presented by Elamite plotting and inciting the Loubi clans in the north ;so both pressures had exhausted the Third Ur State politically and economically to last by Gutian occupation to Mesopotamia. Fifth : The system of the Amorite town states rule didn’t last for a long time (2006 - 1792B.C.), where one of the strong Amorite leaders and by that we mean the king Hammurabi (1792 - 1752B.C.), controlled the state and succeeded in uniting the country and started in inauguration of a united civil centralized state. This matter is what made its king endeavor to establish a centralized style reign after he melt the town states system in one connected with one center and uniting its legislative system through submitting all its kingdoms and regions related to it , to one constitution (one legislation), and also uniting its religious theology in one centralized religion and uniting its military institutes and connecting them with the king and enlarging its army by applying conscription which prepared its rulers politically and militarily ,so the reign of Hammurabi achieved the trinity of the civil state that is after accomplishing its judicial, executive , legislative and even the military authorities
Summary:
References:

الرسول الكريم وعترته الطاهرون (عليهم السلام) في مصنفات ابن تيميه : دراسة تحليلية مقارنة == The Glorious Prophet And His Etra (P) In The Classifications Of Ibn Taymiya - A Comparative, Analytical Study

Author name: علي ابراهيم عبيد الجميلي الموسوي (البصير)
Supervisor name: سامي حمود الحاج جاسم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This Ph. D. dissertation is divided into four parts. The first part is titled (Ibn Taymiya in his true image). It contains three chapters, the first of which is titled (His social and scientific biography). The second chapter focuses on (The features of his time). It is divided into two main essays; the first of which is titled (His political and social time). The second essay is titled (His intellectual and religious time). The third chapter studies (His style with the others and the opinions of scientists about him). It contains two essays; the first of which is about the style of Ibn Taymiya with the others. The second essay is about the opinions of scientists about him. First, the opinions of those who praised and supported him are cited. Then the opinions of those who opposed and criticized him are cited. The second part is titled (The biography of the prophet (P) in the heritage of Ibn Taymiya). It includes four chapters, the first of which is titled (Ibn Taymiya's position towards the characteristics of the prophet (p)). The second chapter is titled (Ibn Taymiya's position towards the shrines of the propher (P)). The thirds chapter is titled (Ibn Taymiya's Offences towards the prophet of Allah (P)). The fourth chapter is titled (Ibn Taymiya's opinions about some of the Hadeeth quoted from the Prophet).The third part is titled (Biography of the Prince of the believers Imam Ali Bin Abi Talib in the classifications of Ibn Taymiya). It is divided into three chapters, the first of which is titled (Ibn Taymiya's position towards some of the Ayat of Quran which praise the prince of the believers). The second chapter shows (Ibn Taymiya's position towards the narrations praising the prince of believers). The third chapter discusses (What events Ibn Taymiya denied in relation to the prince of believers (P) until his martyrdom).The fourth part is titled (Biography of the holy lady Fatima Al - Zahraa and her infallible sons in the classifications of Ibn Taymiya). It is divided into three chapters, the first of which is titled (Biography of the holy lady and her two noble sons in the classifications of Ibn Taymiya). The second chapter illustrates (The biographies of the guiding Imams in the classifications of Ibn Taymiya). This chapter focused on four of the guiding imams; Imam Zain Al - Abideen Ali Bin Al - Hussein, Imam Mohammed Bin Ali Al - Baqir, Imam Jaafar Bin Mohammed Al - Sadiq, and Imam Mousa Bin Jaafar Al - Kadhim (P). The final chapter in this part shows the opinions of Ibn Taymiya towards the rest of the guiding Imams, starting with Imam Ali Bin Mousa Al - Ridha, then Imam Mohammed Al - Jawad, and his son Imam Ali Al - Hadi, his grandson, Imam Hassan Al - Askari, and concluding with the Imam of the age (may Allah precipitate his relief). This dissertation reached a number of conclusions, foremost among them : 1 - One of the main reasons for the extremism of Ibn Taymiya and his stray is the political, social and environmental conditions in which he lived. Those conditions had a negative effect on his personality, in addition to what he suffered as a result of not having any tribal ties. Nobody was able to find out his tribe, even those closest to him. His most known name, Ibn Taymiya, attributes him to a woman on whom there are no known facts to illustrate her personality, position and role. 2 - The opinions of Ibn Taymiya and his ideas show a clear disturbance in his personality, as he did not agree with any scientist of his time. In fact, he disagreed with all the scientists who preceded him, including those of his own Hanbali sect, and their Imam Ahmed Bin Hanbal. The severity of disagreement with others led to the issue of prison sentences against him a number of times. 3 - In all of his opinions, there was not a trace of a scientific advancement or contribution to any field. Instead, his opinions clearly reflected a similarity, if not a match, to those of the Kharijites. He would attack his opponents with curses, name calling, and foul language. Then he would revile them as infidels, and confiscates their lives, families, and wealth. His fanatic opinions had a distinctive effect on some of the people. They were influenced by his opinions in a way that distorted the features of the Islamic religion. 4 - The opinions of Ibn Taymiya lacks the simplest elements of a scientific opinion. They were not built on sound scientific foundations. They only matched his whims. He would support a certain theory at some time, only to contradict it at other when the conditions of the time and trends change. That goes for his positions towards other scientists; he would support them when he agrees with them, and attacks them when he disagrees. 5 - The most distinctive feature in the heritage of extremism and hatred of Ibn Taymiya is his vile animosity towards the prophet and his descendants. He strayed from the general trend of the nation, by contradicting every praise and miracle that were ever mentioned about the prophet's family.
Summary:
References:

الاحوال العامة للاكراد في المشرق 132 - 565هـ / 749 - 1258م == General Conditions For Kurds In The Orient (132 - 656A.H\749 - 1258A.C)

Author name: علاء حبيب عبد العذاري
Supervisor name: كاظم ستر خلف العلاق
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the history of peoples to know the political, economic, social and scientific studies of their situations that are difficult to access them, because of the uncertainty surrounding it and overlap with neighboring clans.There is no doubt that the Kurdish people have been playing an important role on the overall events, as a human species that inhabited the Muslim Levant.It differed greatly in determining the areas of their presence in this region (Mashreq), which are difficult to quantify the different Albuldanyen in drawing boundaries, so it was the Kurds who are in different forms in terms of well - traveled areas, and just as likely in other.Our study has focused them on multitude areas, due to the clarity of the civil features in terms of stability.The limits of our study them within the area bounded by the south of Armenia and even the boundaries of the country beyond the river without crossing.Researchers made no mention of this region clearly, but previous studies determined certain city, where Kurds Ooomarh presence, such as a study researcher Hossam El Din Naqshbandi City Aldeanor, study researcher Riad al - Zubaidi, the emirate Al - husnoah.This thesis consisted of six chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion and supplements.The first chapter discusses : the historical origins of the Kurds in the Orient, and was on the three sections, the first taking him to nominate the Kurds and the origin of the label, as well as eating the difference in the origin of the Kurds.The second topic addressed the geographical distribution of the Kurds in the Levant saying they are the areas, while the third section devoted to learn the language of the Kurds and their religion, the Islamic conquests of the Levant.The second chapter : dedicate the contributions of political and administrative Kurds in the Orient, and was the first of it Section eat ambitious Abu Muslim political Khorasani, while the second section may display the UAE, which created the Kurds in the Levant, and the third section dealt with the study of the contributions of administrative Kurds.The third chapter : to show the contributions of military Kurds, as well as their participation in the opposition movements of the Abbasid Caliphate, was on the three sections, the first taking him to accredited to the Kurdish military regime, while touched second section the military for their contributions and their relationships with the UAE their neighboring countries, and it was the third section has allocated to find out contributions to the Kurds in the opposition movements.The fourth chapter handled the economic conditions of the Kurds in the Orient, and was on the three sections, the first of it dealt with agricultural activity and livestock, while the second section allocated for industrial activity, was Conclusion Chapter III Section, which touched on the commercial activity of the Kurds.The fifth chapter : to give us a clear picture of the social life of the Kurds in the Levant across three sections, we dealt with it layers of the Kurdish community, and the place of women in it, as well as the religious doctrines deployed in their country, while the second section Vtm the study of public life for the Kurds, and it was the third is dedicated to find out the mostimportant customs and traditions that were prevalent in the Kurdish community.Finally, chapter six : life science for the Kurds in the Orient, the first section dealt with the prosperity of the scientific movement factors, while the second section devoted to the scientific contributions to the Kurds in the field of religious studies, while the third section Vtm know their contributions in the field of language and humanities.
Summary:
References:

ال حمويه الجويني ودورهم السياسي والعلمي في مصر والشام في القرنين السادس والسابع الهجريين == Al Hamaweh Al Jweni And Their Political And Scientific Role In Egypt And Levant In The Six And Seven Centuries A.H A Study Of The Essenion Community

Author name: علاء حامد احمد محمود
Supervisor name: مشتاق كاظم عاكول المياحي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: We saw the Levant and Egypt during the sixth and seventh centuries AD upswing in the scientific movement, and this activity led to the delegations of many of the Senate and science students who accuse the supply of science, especially after scientists DAI with great interest by the sultans and princes in the Levant and Egypt became their status and a great degree of high - have, especially after the Levant saw a semblance of stability in a state of Nur ad - Din and Saladin, is the science flights of the most important factors that help the activity and prosperity of the country to attract many of the learners, most of the elders who move between Islamic countries were hold boards of scientific and workshops, and was among the senators who came from the Islamic Orient to the Levant Imad Eddin Omar bin febrile year (564 AH / 1168 AD) and his son Mohammed, Prince Nur al - Din Mahmoud Zangi has honored him and assigned him the position of Sheikh Sufi sheikhs, even this has become Family great prestige of sophistication including notorious for its science and knowledge and became an active role in the revitalization of intellectual movement in the Levant and Egypt, then it soon this family that entered in the political and the diplomatic corps Vtoloa Study diplomatic embassies in the Ayyubid era fair King Mohammed full and his son, Then they turn away military positions and Adhawwa leaders and warlords and armies of soldiers, and took control the Sultanate administration, until it reached their case that consulted in the inauguration of some Ayyubid sultans, and adopted them sultans, princes Ayyubid heavily in various military and political fields.Busy and some members of the family in the scientific aspects more than the political aspects even ended up to authorship, classification and became her prestige in the Muslim communities in the Levant, Egypt and the rest of the country Islamic.The reasons that led me to write on this subject, there were several things to choose the subject.1. Statement of the original home and the society in which it was formed this family, and the statement of its position in the new society that has moved him in the Levant and Egypt.2. Clarify the role played by the family of febrile Jouini in the political, military and intellectual aspects in the Levant and Egypt during the sixth and seventh centuries AD.3. The lack of an integrated study of the achievements of febrile Jouini family, and stand on the details of those achievements that characterized it.4. After reviewing the most of what has been said about this family in most sources and references, and found it worthy of a study that examines the life of this and the impact of scientific, political and military family, according to a scientific Platform correct
Summary:
References:

النزاعات الداخلية في المغرب في عصر الدولة الموحدية 541 - 668 هـ / 1147 - 1269م == Internal Conflicts In The Maghreb Of State Al Mohad : 541 - 668Ah/1147 - 1269 AD

Author name: عصام عبد حمود عبد الله المرعاوي
Supervisor name: بديع محمد ابراهيم الكربولي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: Muslim world has with nessed throughout its history many countries have at home different aims and circumstances of its inception and its founders, these. Countries appeared necessary to save the Islamic nation from being lost, such as zingid and ayyubid states also featured other countries was the reason for the weakness of the Islamic nation and distract unity.Maghreb region has witnessed the states have a roiein spreading Islamic in the Maghreb and achieving Islamic unity to restore the prestige weakness of the Abbasid state the state Almoravid in in the Maghreb in fluence in the installation of the Islamic presence, while other countries emerged was the reason for the weakness of the Islamic nation. The Mohad dynasty tried to Islamic caliphate be strong instead of caliphs in the Abbasid and Fatimid states, and tried to lead the muslims in the IslamicMaghreb but the canses of Vulnerability entered. The Almohad dynasty shorty after to get to know the nature and causes of conflicts that tore apart the state Almohad and its impact on political life in the Islamic Maghreb chose the title of my thesis.Cinternal conflicts the Maghreb in an era of state the Almohad (541 - 668 AH/ 1147 - 1269 AC) the study included an introduction and preface four chapters and a conclusion the first chapter was the ALMohad dynasty and the extension of its rule to Anddlnsia. It has been divided into three sections. The first section of the definition of the Al Mohad and upbringing and his trip and his meeting with abdul Momin and debate with Al Moravides scientists. the second topic was to organize the AlMohad dynasty and the beging of the conflict with the AlMoravides, and control of the ALmahadis of Maghreb and Andalus and third topic to study cross AlMohades Andalus and their control over same areas. Chapter II included the conflict between AlMohades and theBanu Ghaniya, and was divided into four sections, the first section of The banu Ghaniya , their names, their origins, their role in the ALMoravid state and their relationships with the king of Castile, the second topic of conflict between AlMohades andBanu Ghaniya in the era of lsaac Bin Mohammed and his son Ali and the expansion of the conflict in the sahl Amra Patte, the third topic of the conflict with AlMohades in the era of Yahya bin lsaac and the expansion of the Banu Ghaniya in the Maghreb`s influentcet and trying to control Balearic islands, and the conflict with AlMohades in the era of Nasser AlMohad, section four of the shrinking in fluence of the Benu Ghaniya and their end in the Maghreb nd the control of AlMohades the city of mahdia and theefforts to Ruler Africa Abdul Wahid bin Abi Hafs to eliminate Benu Ghaniya , and unify Maghreb under thr rule of state AlMohades.Chapter III to the study of political disputes in Maghreb in the era of AlMohades, was divided into three section, the first section the political disputes between AlMohades and the Arab tribes, the second section political movements anit - AlMohades, the third section the political conflicts with in the family AlMohad. Chapter IV of the study of the conflict between AlMohades and the benu Marin and the fall of AlMohades state,has divided into three section, secton I Banu Marin, their origin, and their region, political role in Maghreb the conflict with the AlMohades. Section II the conflict with AlMohades in the region of caliph al Rashid AlMohad bin Zian out of obedirnce to AlMohades and control of Tlemsan and his conflict with The AlMohades caliph Al saeed.The Third topic Banu Marin control on some cities in Maghreb and wrested from the AlMohades and expand their in fluence and control over Marrakech and the end the AlMohades dynasty.Ended conclusion thesis presented the main finding in the study were included in the end of thesis contained a list of sources that have been used to complete the thesis
Summary:
References:

احكام التجارة في كتاب المخصص لابي الحسن علي بن اسماعيل المعروف بـ ابن سيدة (ت458 هـ/1065م) : دراسة مقارنة == The Rules Of Trade In The Almukhasas Book Of Abilhasan Ali Bin Ismaeel Well Known By Ibn Sayadah (Dead On 1065 A.D) A Comparison Study

Author name: عروبة حاتم عبيد
Supervisor name: نضال حميد سعيد الربيعي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: After this study of the rules of trade in the Almukhasas Book. it's been possible to reach the following results : 1 - The scientist took a great unique position among his era's scientists due to what God granted this blind scientist cleverness and judiciousness in language, so he became the pioneer of language of Andulus in that time, his father insisted on teaching him since he was a child, and many great sheiks contributed in constructing his personality, also the encourage of the prince Mujahid Bin Abdullah Alaamery a big role in influencing the intellectual emerging of Ibn Sayadah. All these factors together helped in classifying his books like (Almukhasas) as the first grade linguistic lexicon in Andulus. 2 - Ibn Sayadah depend mainly in enriching his knowledge on the books of his previous linguistics like Alkhaleel , Sibawaiyh, Abi Ali Alfaricy and Ibn Jiniy and others, Ibn Sayadah was searching in every subject then make it his resource like books of Ibn Alsikeet, Thalab Abi Zaid Alansary, Ibn Alarabi and Alihyani and others. 3 - Ibn Sayadah is considered as the first lexicon where rules of Islamic Shariah were explained, was like a rich sea source of knowledge, a saturated records including a lot of tales in the economic Islamic intellect , these tales included many significant economic subjects. 4 - Its turns out that many of Ibn Sayadah books that were mentioned in his Almukhasas book were extremely briefed in information, that some of them were one line only no more. 5 - Ibn Sayadah affirmed on applying rules that regulate commercial exchange and these rules emanated from Quran and completed their content from Prophet Mohamed Sunna and added from what prudent mentioned that explained what was similar in these rules. 6 - All Ibn Sayadah's books came simultaneously with what decided in the Islamic economic method in trade , so he called people to work with and make them as the most blessed ways of living, and bounded it with a borders of values and stipulations that make them as a common benefits for individuals and groups. It warns from the taboo trades or manipulating the forbidden trades in any kind of dealing. 7 - The novels of Ibn Sayadah explained in the field of market management as the care of Islam in this matter with an extreme care, that Islam apply a precise system that ensure no any oppression upon the dealers, he insisted on reaching of the commodity till be in the market so that the seller realize the sound price of the commodity without any pressure. 8 - Ibn Sayadah explained about cheating in market and how Islam prohibited that like cheating the purchaser to be convinced to buy it with a more excessive expensive price far from its real value, or like showing the client the good part of the commodity and hide the decade part of it, mixing the bad materials with good ones warned against asking another client to pretend willing to buy goods with a more high price to convince others to buy that goods. 9 - Economic Ibn Sayadah's novels insisted on truthful dealing, considered the high value ethics as a lofty feature and interacted with economic dealing legislations apparently with no ambiguity.10 - The Islamic economic style with comprehensiveness in its rules and according to the common benefit, that its rules were not temporary or instantaneously but they were for common and including all people and for all times, as prove for that what issued against wine trading that these rules were emanated from Quran as the verses of Quran opposite to this matter were not addressing a special group of people of in a certain time but the rule crucial and for all human being and for all times including nowadays. 11 - Almukhasas included kinds of contract treatments like entrepreneur and partnership and his statements were correspondent to the Islamic economic method in discrimination between entrepreneur and partnership by placing each in its appropriate position ,because the capital of the company is from all partners, means the work is the right of every partner even if he didn’t work in the company, while in the entrepreneur the capital is submitted from a side and the work is submitted from another side.12 - Almukhasas included many novels of sales, some of them were sound sales, prohibited sales that have many manipulations and oppressions like cheating, expired materials and fake goods, they are void and agreed are prohibited in all Islamic doctrines.
Summary:
References:

وزارة التربية العراقية : دراسة في تطور الهيكل الاداري والتنظيمي 1968 - 1979 == Iraqi Ministry Of Education Study In The Development Of Administrative And Organizing From Work 1968 - 1979

Author name: عدنان عبد الحسين حمد الحسيني
Supervisor name: نعيم جاسم محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: After changing of the political system of Iraq in the 17th of July,1968 they tried to return back forming the educational aims for the administrative and educational organization in Iraq and one of most prominent aim is forming aboard for educational planning in 1969 and constructing educational committees for studying the reality of education in different stages, and with the help of other ministries. The government contributed by holding study cycles for treating problems which encounter the administrative organization. One of the cycles is the study that ensured on putting plan for generalizing primary education 1971. In the shed of that importance, the ministry of education considers one of the miseries and government institutes that has different takes and responsibilities which are educational and administrative. It contributed in solving many problems. The Education Ministry wanted to supply the administrative staffs with efficient employees which made them use many scientific person to raise the level of the administrative staffs by opening sessions yearly in administration accounts, storehouse. The ministry started early in developing the administrative staff through studies that aim to create the good way for solving problems that encounter administration. help connection and also scientific help with other Arab and foreign countries and international educated organization and introducing finance for these countries and supplying them with teachers to fill the defeat in their numbers, Also the ministry contributed in changing the study curricula and increasing the agricultural exchanging between the countries. The administrative side made affect in supporting the Iraqi economy through efforts that the ministry introduced them disposing of un education through overall international campaigns which made facilities for finding professional experiences for raising the productive and economic level for Iraqi workers. educated administration through the strong connection with the political side and putting laws and organizations and decisions that contributed in disposing of doubly in the school through constructing many school in the city centers and countryside and disposing of the problems of decreasing in preparation of teachers the ministry supplied many Arab countries with Iraqi efficient teachers and dealing with the problems of teaching in the countryside, The ministry prepared the plans and programs during 1968 - 1979 to achieve the required scientific level. In the administration , the ministry did many changes in administration and curriculum through making rules and decisions according to philosophy of new system. One of these rules the law of education ministry number (124)in 1971 and the system of ministry number (13) in 1972 which limited the administrative hierarchy for the ministry and it contributed in finding new departments are different in their work of what was in the previous system.
Summary:
References:

الحركة الفكرية اللبنانية1920 - 1958 == The Lebanese Intellectual Movement 1920 - 1958

Author name: عداي ابراهيم مجيد حوران
Supervisor name: جاسم محمد عبد الشجيري
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The study found that intellectual movement in Lebanon is an independent branch represents a modern phenomenon that has played a major role in the establishment of systems of political, social and cultural ideas, so the regimes based on the thought of calling him, and any system breaks down if only behind the thought of calling torn down.`The study confirmed that intellectual movement is made up of two components of science and knowledge and it helps people to liberate themselves from colonialism and exploitation, injustice and ignorance, to get to the new thinking leap in the life of the Lebanese society happens.Lebanese intellectual movement originated from the various levels of existence in the community between the West and the Arab and Islamic concepts included the historic conflict, several factors contributed to the expansion of the Lebanese intellectual renaissance, a movement of religious reform that included intellectual renaissance in literature and the arts, science and reform of education and unite Muslims and to address the invasion of intellectual colonialism, as well as the ideas of the French Revolution and the campaign of Napoleon to Egypt and the Levant and reforms Muhammad Ali, those were points of convergence with the European ideas that entered Lebanese society by missionaries and foreign missions, religious, had this role in the intellectual movement through a translator operations, in addition to the impact of the printing press and associations literary.The study concluded that the reflection of the situation of Lebanon's public intellectual life that has been split into different directions in the first half of the twentieth century, when the French authorities announced the birth of the State of Greater Lebanon in 1920, there was the impact of intellectual about the private and public identity of Lebanon which has been described (Civil), positions varied intellectual and trends and political in Lebanon in the declaration of the new entity, the call for ideas unionist and advocate of Lebanese nationalism , Sought the pioneers of the intellectual movement in Lebanon to bring rapprochement and unification of opinion in the face of the French occupation policy, focusing their activity pro - independence and the withdrawal of foreign troops, achieved - author of the National Charter, which collect all the intellectuals, and agreed to submit their national interest over personal interest, Thinkers succeeded in Lebanese Charter grabbing independence from French occupation in November 1943, in addition to the return of Lebanon to the Arab world and to pursue a policy (not east not west) and took the Arabic language as an official language of the country instead of the French language, as was the intellectual movement in the evacuation of full French troops from Lebanon in 1946.The most important things that I explained during the study, the significant role of the basic necessities of Intellectual Movement in Lebanon, the main pillars of the elements of the intellectual, cultural and humanitarian development, contribute to education in strengthening the awareness and promote the intellectual future generations to do its part in building a modern state and the dissemination of science and knowledge and the consolidation of national unity, intellectual, mental and aspirations, Education develops ideas and directions of the human mind to the right path and has a clear impact on the growth of scientific, literary and scientific renaissance in Lebanon, and that this renaissance did not come until after the emergence of schools and scientific institutions and universities, graduated from the leaders of thought in the field of literature and language, thought and clerics and intellectuals contributed to the leadership of schools Lebanese society, the Lebanese press contributed to the intellectual and cultural life, as thinkers and writers met on their pages, the best and the most powerful means of communication and the promotion of intellectual, pioneers of the intellectual movement in the press and scientific fields found a platform for the dissemination of political, literary, religious and social ideas and means to address the issues affecting that ran the country, encouraged and developed ideas and human potential through writings, promised to press a platform for the dissemination of science and thought and appearance of the elements of the Lebanese intellectual movement, it all led to ascend Lebanon forefront of Arab countries in the intellectual movement, not only the role of men intellectual movement in Lebanon only, but on the Arab world, have had multiple productions intellectual and privileged position towards the Arab issues such as the Palestinian cause and the cause of Arab unity and Egyptian issues, the issue of rejection of Western alliances in the region, led to contact and meet the intellectual and cultural ascend to Lebanon modern intellectual movement.The study stressed the importance of the emergence of intellectual trends and flocked under the leadership of the leading figures in modern and contemporary Arab thought, especially after the success in the process of changing the movement of thought Arab and Islamic society and raising awareness in the hearts of the Arab nation by inviting them to intellectual freedom, and this is called intellectual renaissance which means emissions new are rejected what cushions and in control of thought and culture and frameworks social in the formation and development of the Lebanese intellectual trends, crystallized these intellectual trends, the most prominent religious reformist Islamic trend, the national trend, the Arab nationalist trend, Marxist and socialist direction, each direction has attracted supporters and supporters from Notepad elements, headed orientations those to modernize the political community in all fields of contemporary intellectual renaissance.Finally, it can be concluded that most of the Lebanese intellectual trends formed early task of intellectual life, identified and opinions thinkers ideas through a review of all the thinking and determine the positions of the intellectual struggle and ideological facilities, these trends that has spread in Lebanon at the time, so I got a collision intellectual and political among those trends and patrons, through what was presented on the history of intellectual movement and the multiplicity of trends in Lebanon, Lebanon has done its part in the broadcast of the Arab thought, making the thinkers of the Arab world to Lebanon a major milestone for the construction of the contemporary Arab character, affected and hired to serve their communities, I look forward to sons the Iraqi people to take from the Lebanese experience he studied, and waited until the day that the intellectual and political trends rise to the embodiment of national unity among the Iraqi people, and concern for the future of Iraq and its present and miss an opportunity to regional and international countries that seeks to disrupt the unity of Iraq.
Summary:
References:

الصلات العلمية بين العراق ومصر (247 - 334هـ/861 - 945م) == Scientific Links Between Iraq And Egypt (247 - 334 AH / 861 - 945 AD)

Author name: عبير غني كاظم الخفاجي
Supervisor name: محمود تركي فارس اللهيبي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This title of this thesis is ((Scientific links between Iraq and Egypt(247 - 334 AH / 861 - 945 AD))). This thesis was divided into four chapters.The first chapter deals with the study of the most important scientific centers in Baghdad and Egypt, which helped to lay the foundations of the Islamic faith. It included the most important scientific centers, including mosques and Koranic schools, councils and debates and aspects of books and (Al - warakeen) books sellers shops and others. While the second chapter of religious sciences marked by the science of the Koran, which included science readings, cut short as the study of celebrity readings scientists between Iraq and Egypt and learning in their councils.As well as modern science through the concept of the modern and the role of the people of Iraq and Egypt in the supplement of this science and published in Egypt and the journey in the pursuit of knowledge between the two countries.And also a study of Jurisprudence and science as the study focused on the concept of an Islamic Fiqh and its development through historical stages and the emergence of Islamic sects and the motives that led to the emergence of those doctrines. And the study of the most important scholars between the two countries and also in this chapter study of the most important Sufi mysticism and scientists between the two countries.Chapter three, includes language and grammar, the most prominent linguists and grammarians in Iraq, Egypt and the hair and the most prominent poets in Iraq, Egypt and different kinds of prose.And stand on this science scholars between the two countries, Iraq, Egypt, the most important of flights between the two countries in this scientific field. Turning in the fourth quarter to the humanities and included historical, geographical, knew the history and contributions of the two scientists in providing the historical thought. And the most prominent historians in Iraq and Egypt have been in this chapter the study of geographical and highlighted the contributions of scientists and researchers in geographic knowledge.The fourth chapter has been included on the mental sciences between the two countries, Iraq, Egypt, the most important contributions of scientists in providing the scientific movement between Baghdad and Egypt in the fields of medicine, pharmacy, theology, philosophy, translation, astronomy and chemistry.The we record our findings and conclusion through this thesis with a summary of the findings of the results taken from approved sources in the search.
Summary:
References:

دور المؤسسة الدينية في الثورة الدستورية الايرانية 1905 - 1911

Author name: عبد الله لفتة حالف البديري
Supervisor name: خضير مظلوم فرحان البديري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: The Constitutional Revolution In Iran (1905 - 1911) is a significant historical event whose influence has gone farther than the scope of Iran to the degree that it was regarded as the genuine starting point which marked the end of the Qajari regime of Iran , in addition to being a helping factor in the following revolutions which broke out in the neibouring countries which were suffering from opressive regimes. It is noteworthy that the role of religious institution in this revolution has bestowed it with a special feature which made it the principal dynamo for each and every political event on the Iranian scene. This religious feature has distinguished the revolution and made it cope to a great extent with the new Iranian liberal ideas and orientations , therefore , the Iranian Constitutional Revolution is but a landmark in the modern history of Iran , whether in its revolutionary style or in its results. Simultaneously,the significance and influence of the religious institution can not be separated in its leadership from following a pateriotic policy which has so long opposed intensively the deserted styles used by the Qajari regime. In this regard , it has achieved a number of victories which played a great role in restraining that regime and restricted its influence ,especially in handling Iranian internal affairs. Thus ,the council and the constitution imposed by the relligious institution together with the Iranian Pateriotic Movement was regarded one of the important gains at that time. Not only this , but also the religious institution has greately affected the development of internal events to the extent that over threw the head of the regime and instslled another. The constitution of the Constitutional Revolution ( 1905 - 1911 ) is a clear sign of the spirit of sacrifice adopted by the religious institution. Yet , the balance of power was not stable between the sides : the revolution and the enemies ; for the reactionary side was in a position through which it can destroy the revolution. Besides , the foreign interference in the beginning and the mid revolution reached to the extent of internal affairs. As for Russian and the British there , they supported the reactionary side , where they revealed their evil imperial intentions after the Partition Treaty of 1907. What is worse is the shortsightedness of some of the leaders of the revolution who changed their stance towards the revolution after they had gained what they aspired to. This helped in finding the seeds of disagreement among the leaders of the Pateriotic Movement , including the leaders of the religious institution. Needless to say in this regard the clear cut impact of Iranian Tribes in both the north and south in their quick response to the appeals of the leaders of the religious institution to support the revolution. But the disputes of the tribal leaders and their inability to reconciliate their personal interests with the intrests of the country , all that played a role in weakening their stance ; apoint even the leaders religious institution could not overcome.As an example , the Bakhtiari leaders supported the revolution in its early stages , then they changed their attitude after they had gained government posts. This in turn , weakened the religious institution which , as a result , could not stand firmly against foreign privilege in Iran though the country had witnessed in the early 1910 active movements to ban foreign goods. As a consequence to that , the two traditional opponents to Iran ; that is , British and Russia were not hesitant to take whatever steps necessary to support Qajari and reactionary forces. Finally , being close to the First World War and in the mid of international tension prevalent at that time , these two powers were more and more determinant to hit the religious institution and its supporters via military interference to put an end to the Constitutional Revolution at the end of 1911.
Summary:
References:

قبائل البختيارية ودورها السياسي في ايران (1896 - 1918) : دراسة تاريخية == Bakhtiari Tribes And Political Role In Iran (1896 - 1918) Historical Study

Author name: عبد الله كريم كاظم الموسوي
Supervisor name: حسين كامل جابر الشاهر
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: The Bakhtiari tribe of Iran's major tribes, which are endemic in the southwestern part of Iran, which is ruled by a group of tribal khans, and in spite of the multiplicity of theories about their origins, but they are indigenous Iranian descent back to the ancient Sasanian assets.This tribe has been characterized by a social and political distinguishes itself from the rest of the Iranian tribes, the tribe divided on two main branches (Haft Link) and (Chahar Link). There are many opinions about the reasons for this division and the reason for naming each section, but the nearest of these views to the truth is the opinion which explains why the division on the basis of the division of dues tax on each after the approval of the tax system in the Safavid period, so these terms are terms Dhara?baan survival of Safavid.Even after the Safavid and Alafshari and ulnar there are no unified leadership of the Bouktiarien were all from (Alhvt Link) and (Aljhar Link) and even denominations Bakhtiari sporadic Other all her leadership and leadership autonomous from the other, has been senior leaders Alboukttiar cheerleaders title (AQA) or (Beck) or (blades Sefid) white beard or (Amir) the use of the title (Khan) does not seem clear in the tribe Bakhtiari, it does not support the sources and historical documents and having the title of Khan at the Bakhtiari until the beginning of the ulnar, and it seems that the use of this title began during the rule of State ulnar and beyond.In the second half of the nineteenth century succeeded Alboukttiar in uniting the tribe and the creation of a united political system within the tribe Bakhtiari knew (the system Alaala) when it enables Hussein fried Khan from extending its authority and influence on all denominations Alboukttiar in practice and on the impact of this order was issued by Royal by Nasir al - Din Shah in 1867 his appointment and recognition (Aakhani) Per Alboukttiar and officially inaugurated by the central government, and from a political standpoint, the Alaakhan authority as commander in chief of Bakhtiar had begun with the reign of Hussein Khan fried. Under this new system has become the central reference Bakhtiar managed by an administrative body within the self of the men of the tribe. This can be considered the beginning of crystallization Testament system of social and political official Bakhtiari tribes.After the arrival of Hussein frying Khan to power in the ruling tribe Bakhtiari and Neil title Alaakhan in an official capacity of the government, he got to his brothers on the positions of government since he became his brother in front of frying Khan Aellbeca tribe Bakhtiari any assistant Aakhani and his brother, the second satisfaction frying Khan, governor of Chahar Mahal, and the government continued these brothers strong and united in the life of frying Hussain Khan.In 1883 the killing of Hussein frying Khan at the hands under the Sultan and the order of Nasir al - Din Shah, subsequently lived tribes Bakhtiari more internal conflicts about power and the sharing of property, especially that these brothers three excelled in abundance sons, there are now a number of personalities Bakhtiari eligible for leadership. Fastglet these conflicts by the royal court, which was seeking to fold the rising power of the tribes feared the risk of threat to the central government, Accordingly, the split of the ruling family Bakhtiari into three wings, wing family Alaakhan slain (Hussein frying Khan) became known pavilion Alaakhani, Suite family Alaakhan new (before frying Khan), where he went to the pilgrimage became known as a stand - Haj Aakhani, Suite family Alaellbec new (satisfaction frying Khan) became known to always stand Alaellbec.It was the geographical location of the tribes of the Bakhtiari in the middle of the south Iranian great importance as it brought her this site the attention of the major powers, especially Britain Her great influence in southern Iran, especially after obtaining the large concessions in the region, including the establishment by trade caravans that connects Ahvaz, Isfahan across the land Bakhtiari , which is an extension of the privilege of freedom of navigation on the River Karun, who got it from Britain, the Iranian government in 1888, as well as oil exploration concession obtained by Darcy in 1901, Has led for the UK on these privileges and the discovery of oil in Masjed Soleyman in 1908 to establish formal relations between Britain and Albouktiarien lasted until the late Prince Qajarite, was the conclusion of several economic agreements between the two sides, starting from the Convention on the caravan route business in 1898, which was held between the company (Brotherhood Laing) and the Bakhtiari Khans, The paved this agreement the way to get in contact and convergence between the two parties, which were not his precedent before, and despite the signing of this agreement was acause to strengthen convergence and relationships but still unofficial, that those relationships took shape official after the signing of the oil agreement between the two parties in 1905, since then has become an official full.Has helped these agreements Alboukttiar to achieve the wealth of great economic and political center influential, led them later to participate in national events, especially events of the Constitutional Movement and the consequent later events, although the tribe Bakhtiari was governed mainly by boxes known are mainly Bserthm authoritarian, but they sided with the constitutional and initiated into the uprising and turned to Tehran to participate in the control and dropping Mohammad Ali Shah, Hence the establishment of constitutional government on the ruins of the Shah's government authoritarian, and was doing this they had moved them from being the strength of local influential in their tribal and around the neighborhood that become a central force at the national level, have their primary role at the level of administration of the country and its government, which come before them a lot of opportunities to improve the economic and political fields.The total Alboukttiar of power and political influence so that they became governors of several states Iran's major and assumed several ministries, because since the formation of the first constitutional government took Sardar Asad as interior minister and defense minister, also arrived brother Smassam Sultanate to become prime minister (1911 - 1913).During this period carried Alboukttiar by virtue of their opposition to the political life of many of the tasks of national, because they had the greatest role in responding to the movement of Muhammad Ali antimatter in the attempt to restore the throne in 1911 and, as well as their role in eliminating the insurgency Salar state and gouge Chavth in 1913.When World War broke out the first (1914 - 1918) and the arrival of fire into Iranian territory, varied positions Khans Bakhtiari and was overwhelmed by a lot of ambiguity and duplication over the powers warring, Valkhanat young men who had the desire to achieve political ambitions and wide and stood to the side of Germany and its allies, while stopping Khans adults by virtue of their relationship with Britain to the old side of the Allies.It is worth mentioning that the center of political and power that possessed Alboukttiar after their participation in the constitutionalmovement continued until after the years of World War I until the arrival of Reza Shah to power, as it strengthened the central authority in his reign and follow the policy of weakening the clans and the reduction of the threat to the central government.
Summary:
References:

الموارنة واثرهم في التطورات السياسية الداخلية اللبنانية 1958 - 1989 == Maronites And Their Impact In The Internal Lebanese Political Developments 1958 - 1989

Author name: عبد السلام متعب عيدان الربيعي
Supervisor name: موسى محمد ال طويرش
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Ccounted for the study of religious communities in modern history and contemporary to the attention of esearchers and scholars, especially in the Middle East region, which is the cradle of religions and religious sects.Because our study deals with the influence of the Christian Maronite community which expand and spread over a large area of Arab and foreign countries in which the followers of Christianity and based in Lebanon exists, a country that embraced after the saint (Saint Maroon) in the fourth century AD and his disciples after him to pursue a different approach to the Eastern Church which believes in the principle of one nature of Christ (p), and took his followers after him turning to link the Western Catholic Church in Rome and under the authority of the Pope, but they chose the difference; it was necessary for them to move from Syria, home to the Saint (Saint Maroon) to Lebanon Mountains and hills and plains to keep themselves from their opponents first, and try to maintain their approach is chosen, making them their own Church and Patriarch.Passed the Maronite community throughout history long Among the series of events and interact with each other and with others, and gradually evolved role with all over the Levant and Lebanon from the control and occupation of foreign and Islamic countries and ending with the control of France by 1920; hence emerged as the role of communities located therein, and the largest communities are Christian and Muslim, and the largest Christian denominations were Maronites; and this accounted for the lion's share in thegovernance of the country by assigning the position of head of state to them, and the protection of the Mandatory (France), political conflicts and differences between communities, especially among the Maronites and Druze arose, and between Sunnis and Shiites, The Greek Orthodox both his face look at the rule of Lebanon and linked thirdparty external likely.After Lebanon gained independence in 1943, approved a national charter an agreement to form co - existence among the different communities in the governance of Lebanon, and indeed all denominations worked on Charter formula that, so I took a Maronite President of the Republic of great powers, and the post of prime minister a Sunni Muslim, and the post of prime parliament a Shia Muslim, and as defense minister of the Druze... and so the case even bear the dispute between the sons of the Maronite community; and especially between President Bechara El Khoury and President Camille Chamoun, was about to another term of Bechara El Khoury and give some powers to the Muslims, and when Camille Chamoun defeated in battle Presidential 1952; taking the Maronite community to through international alliances more and link the Christian West and the Middle account, which belongs to Lebanon, did not satisfy the policy pursued by the rest of the communities, especially Muslim Sunni and Shiite, both, and even Orthodox Christians; Faqamt 1958 uprising that broke out in south to reach Blhebha to Beirut and the north and make all the sects of Lebanon in case of congestion and boiling on each other; because Shimon March the game of politics and religion, all of them in order to remain in office and extend a second presidential term, and also to be a bulwark to realize the dreams of Abdul Nasser, who set up a unity between Egypt and Syria, the first unit between the Arabs and the most recent. Then ended the role of Simeon after that try to Lebanon first bloody conflict between communities and between themselves and stepped outside powers to end the crisis, came the role of Fouad Chenab, who ruled since 1958 - 1964, taking an approach known as the (curriculum Shihabi) aiming at the abolition of political sectarianism in the administration and the rule of the country, for the first time Shia Muslims gets some rights in management, staffing and other, Lebanon became in this period, the development of economic excellent and the meeting of the Arab and Western criticism through the many financial banks located in it, thanks to the Gulf oil that is being invested and deposit revenues in banks. Shihabi approach in the reign of Charles Helou, whoruled from 1964 - 1970 continued, but two important things happened during his first term; bankruptcy Bank (INTRA), one of the major banks in Lebanon, and even the Lebanese state depend on it, and it is the second founding of the PLO in 1964 and the adoption of the Palestinian issue and defend the way to address the Zionist entity from the Lebanese territory, because they are the closest point to the north of occupied Palestine, Palestinians Who's bringing the Lebanese land military force trained strong training and semi - formal,which worried the Maronites in Lebanon and feared politicians prominent leaders and clerics on the growing presence inside Lebanon, and the escalation of power that are outside the framework of the rule of law into the Maronites ruling, and also the fear of the Maronites of growing Palestinian refugees in Lebanon to prepare a justification for that they - that continued to do so forth Vsasubhon minority within a few years, and especially that they are living in a sea of Arab and Islamic their surroundings, Fkaddoa first agreement among them as rulers and the Palestinians is (Cairo Agreement) in 1969, which defined their relationship with the Lebanese government and the method of confrontation with the Zionists from the inside and then followed it with an extension known as (queens) in 1974 during the reign of President Suleiman Franjieh, which lasted until 1976, but things did not subside and conflicts between communities existed, especially among the Druze and Maronites, and the hanger is the Palestinian presence and actions from within its territory and its impact on Lebanon's relationship with neighboring countries, especially Israel, from the standpoint of the Maronites, who purports to politicians and religious leaders to keep the state of the truce at the very least, including country and Israel, or until a peace agreement, but was the spark that ignited a bloody sectarian war between the Lebanese people components lasted for 15 years came on the green and crusty; where the Lebanese civil war began in 1975, for reasons simple and continued in the first phase for two years, then swept by Israeli forces in 1978 to Lebanon for visits First under the pretext of eliminating the Palestinian resistance which, here emerged the Syrian role clear, opponents of the Israeli invasion of support and even from some of the Maronite parties, which split into two teams : Team sees the establishment of a normal relationship with Israel, and the team believes that they - Like all Arabs remain supportive of the Palestinian cause and its defenders , the first team leader Falangist Bashir Gemayel, a Maronite who collaborated with the Israelis, helping them to invade Lebanon again in 1982 during the reign of President Elias Sarkis has been represented, and was able to reach the verdict after it, but he did not enjoying it for a long time; after 14 days of his election just assassinated at the headquarters of his party entered Lebanon and became the Maronites in fear and anxiety on their fate, but the external role, especially Syria and Saudi Arabia and the US was present manages to Lebanon, Maronite according to their own desires, Amin Gemayel Vantakb substitute for his brother in 1982 - 1988 and was the Maronites here have entered into a new phase entirely; when split team hardline them along the previous periods into two categories : category with Elie Hobeika, who nearly Syria held a tripartite agreement with them and the rest of the Lebanese communities, and the class with Samir Geagea, who has taken the position of President Amin Gemayel and the militant wing of the Maronites. After two categories conflict and coup and one on the other; the presidency of Amin Gemayel ended in 1988, but without agreement on a Maronite president succeeds, then the back of the role of General Michel Aoun - Aljeiccommander who led the liberation war as defined betweenhim and Prime Minister Salim Hoss backed by Syria and the Arab world, and led to the declaration of a military government from one party not recognized by the non - Maronite violators to Syria's presence in Lebanon, Fastart war between the Syrians and Michel Aoun, and then come all the Lebanese parties to an extended conference ending the civil war in the Conference Taif, Saudi Arabia in 1989 and elected Rene Mouawad as president of Lebanon, but did not last long; On 22 November 1989, was assassinated in front ofthe interim government palace. Maronites were able then, to choose a new president, a Maronite Elias Hrawi of the year 1989 - 1998 and his covenant, which ended the Lebanese civil war; that is the most destructive and bloody wars in the twentieth century
Summary:
References:

المرويات التاريخية لسبط ابن الجوزي ومنهجه في كتابه مراة الزمان في تواريخ الاعيان للمدة (590 - 654هـ/1193 - 1256م) == The Historical Narratives For Sebt Ibn Al Jawzy And His Approach In His Book Mera'At Al Zaman Fe Toearekh Alaian For Period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D)

Author name: عبد الرزاق عبد الرسول رشيد الخفاجي
Supervisor name: علي حسن الغضبان
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Saw the seventh century A.H / thirteenth century A.D the emergence of a group of historians, eminent, who had a significant role in the field of historical notation, and perhaps the most important of these historians Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi , and who knew large in various fields of science for his contributions, including historical writing, it left us Legacy great in this area, and represents in his book (mera'at alzaman fe toearekh Alaian ) , as this book is one of the most important sources of Islamic history, especially Ayoubi, where increasing importance of this book in the period under study (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D), as well as it that Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi were age at that time, it was a companion to the kings built Ayoub, participated with them in some political events, and as a result he has left us a wealth of important historical novels about that era. In this sense, we have found that the character of Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi historical Narratives and systematize the study in his book mera'at al zaman for period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D) extensive scientific study indispensable, because of its importance and the lack of studies on this subject; so we decided to respond to this topic To shed some light on the personality of Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi and his book mera'at al zaman. Necessities study has necessitated the division of this research into four chapters, preceded by an introduction and followed by a finale, where we dealt with in the first chapter biography of Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi and his time, as this chapter is divided into three sections, presented the first section of the biography of the life of sebt Ibn Al Jawzi personal, and either the second topic was eating sebt Ibn Al Jawzi era political and cultural terms, while we dealt with in the third section of the Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi of Scientific Biography. While we were in the second quarter to publicize the book mera'at alzaman fe toearekh Alaian and the methodology of sebt Ibn Al Jawzi the period (590 - 654 AH / 1193 - 1256 AD), this chapter is divided into two sections we discussed in the first section of it to publicize the book mera'at alzaman fe toearekh Alaian, while eating the second topic approach in which sebt Ibn Al Jawzi - period (590 - 654 AH / 1193 - 1256 AD). The third and fourth chapters, it has touched the two historical Narratives of Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi for period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256A.D) we have in which to read the book mera'at al zaman , collecting Narratives pertaining period under study, and the extrapolation of other historical sources that dealt with this period, and compared with the report by Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi novels, and discussing the novels in which historians disagree, and install agreed novels. In the third chapter we dealt with the historical Narratives of sebt Ibn Al Jawzi from the Abbasid Caliphate other Narratives sporadic period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D), this chapter is divided into two sections we dealt with in the first section Narratives Sebt Ibn Jawzi of the succession to Al Nasser ledin Allah , for the period (590 - 622 A.H / 1193 - 1225 A.D), while the second part, we have been in it to Narratives from the Abbasid Caliphate period (622 - 654 A.H / 1225 - 1256 A.D) Other Narratives scattered about the Almohad dynasty in Morocco and Andalusia, and the natural phenomena and facts bizarre period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D). The fourth chapter discussed Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi Narratives from the Ayyubid and Mamluk period (590 - 654 A.H / 1193 - 1256 A.D), has been divided into three sections, we dealt with in the first section Narratives for the Ayyubid period (590 - 615 A.H / 1193 - 1218 A.D), and the section The second has been Narratives for the Ayyubid in the era the King Al Kamel Mohammed(615 - 635 A.H /1218 - 1237 A.D), while the third section addressed to Sebt Ibn Al Jawzi Narratives from the Ayyubid and Mamluk period(635 - 654 A.H /1237 - 1256 A.D). Have we faced during this study, many of the difficulties, and perhaps most notably the difficult security situation which is going through our beloved country, which negatively impacted us, this as well as the large number of scientific material and abundance, we have tried as much as possible to cover all aspects of the study, and other obstacles that we faced is the difficulty in obtaining some sources, we have been able, thanks to God Almighty to overcome most of these difficulties.
Summary:
References:

الموقف المصري من العلاقات اللبنانية - الفلسطينية 1965 - 1975 == The Egyptian Attitude Of Lebanese - Palestinian Relations During 1965 - 1975

Author name: عباس احمد فرحان الشمري
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Palestinian existence in their country adai threatening the sectarian balance being on the sake of Muelims. this leads to the civil was in Lebanon 1975 which segregating lebanor in to parts for fifteen years. Arabs attitudes are different toward Lebanese authority dealing with Palestinian ref the most prominent attitude is the Egyptian since Egypt at that time represent a heavy political weight also Its regarded the most prominent of Arab countries affected by the Palestinian issue. since it confronted Isreal and took the task of fighting Isreali occupation. My opinion of studying the Egyptian attitude of Lebanese Dalestini relations during 1965 - 1975 to focus the light on the attitude in an elaborated way. Also , the reason behind choosing this period of ti between 1965 - 1975. since in 1965 patestin started their arm operations against Isre the Palestinian issue has been regarded as adangero turning in the contemporary his tory. occupying Palestine by Isreal and the consequence of computsory immigration of thousands of palestir flee their homeland to the neighbouring conutri leading to a complicated problem facing those countrics and confusing the decision - makers states of the world up to now. this problem represents a big affect of any future solvin can be held between Palestine and Isreal. Therefore , the study of Palestinian refugees is sue from all its directions and details represent atopic of great importance , for example the Palestinian refugees in Lebanon. this topic deserv. Objective research of deep academic level simply because Lebanon represents variety of sectarian - ethenic and its political system based on sectarianism. The Palestinian refuge in Lebanon have abig effect on the political stability. since the Christian in Lebanon found and the increasing of thase operations on the Lebanese lands. moreover , In 1975 the leban civil war started and the , Palestinian refugees were the main reason of its out the nature of the study has required adivisi in to four chapters and an end divided auording to succession of time in expose the events. The Arm operations of Palestinian and Egypt support for it has negative impact on the peaceful coexistenc amony Lebanese especially after trarsfering " Tahreer organi zation from Lebanon. Muslims , leftwing , Lebanese welcomed to the wave of immigrants and asted the Lebanese government to support the Palestinian fighters this outrage the Christian in Lebanon and they regarded it as inter fering of the leban internal affairs. to furthermore , the Palestinian camps become afortified caver for the fighters , and the lebunon government cannot enter to it , consequently the sectarian tension increased between the two sects and the extremist volunteers of both sides form an arm militant this leads to shaken up the balance amony Lebanese and permeate through the social , political , ideological construction and this was forming the deep reasons of the separation among Lebanese and paved the way to the civil war in Lebanon still the palest in ian existence in leban on increasing until the war in Lebanon in 1975. and it was assistanbt cause for its outbreatk leading to the clash between the sects.
Summary:
References:

الشيخ محمد مهدي الاصفي ودوره الفكري والسياسي في العراق (1937 - 2015) == Al - Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi And Intellectual And Political Role In Iraq 1937 - 2015

Author name: عامر صالح علي سعد العكيلي
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Took a character study an important place in the field of historical studies, the fact that the person is a historic event maker, and understand the nature of his mission is to understand the course of events, composition and causes, so the historical studies of many influencing the course of events, personalities, and Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi one of the personalities that have left have dealt clear imprint in the modern history of Iraq because of the products of intellectual Affersh contributed to a large extent in the development of many of the political, social, historical and cultural concepts, especially as he witnessed the difficult period of the history of modern Iraq. The reasons for choosing this topic back to the desire of a researcher at clarifying biography of Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi and role of the intellectual, political, and which is one of the new themes, which encouraged the researcher on the roads this topic, as well as what ails our library of poverty in specialized in researching academic figures and religious bear to see academic studies Islamist contemporary to incorporate the needs of the community, not to mention the researcher's quest to highlight the role of Sheikh Alasfi in the Islamist movement's activities since the fifties of the twentieth century until his death in 2015. Either approach letter Fassar to conduct scientific research as much as possible and followed the style of the historical narrative sometimes, and analysis at other times, and compare the views and attitudes of Dialogic angle cash in some of the topics that require this style, necessitated the nature of the study of personality, Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi and role of the intellectual and political to divide the message Introduction to three chapters and a conclusion included the main conclusions reached by the study. The first chapter was titled Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi his scientific career and his life and his approach to writing, and touched the second quarter, which was titled intellectual productions of Sheikh Mohammed Mehdi Alasfi to intellectual aspects that distinguish them, while the third chapter, which was titled the political role of Sheikh Mohammed Mehdi Alasfi, activity political inside and outside Iraq. To accomplish our mission modest at best, I tried to use all the scientific material can be utilized within the time frame of our mission, Vofatt Unpublished of the Private Securities Sheikh Alasfi and family documents or security reporting system related to his activity and his important role in strengthening the message information, also contributed personal interviews Researcher prominent role in the addition of information while writing a message, I can not fail to point out the obvious importance of the Arab sources that had occupied the largest space from the margins of the message, and at the forefront of these books are works of Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi in various religious, scientific, intellectual, political and social aspects. Reliance on Arab sources did not prevent the use of Persian sources, and do not forget to mention the importance of theses and Alatarih Rphit that the value of the message on the history of the religious establishment and its political role information. The researcher has faced several difficulties hardly uncommon in any scientific academy study that differed in the extent of the study and again. In conclusion, I hope through Trahi for this modest effort before a panel discussion to be tuned to Aptgat of clarifying the truth and the dissemination of science for the benefit.. as I hope to be my act fills a void in our library Islamist, as an added scientific We hope that achieve what we aspire to achieve, the missed Vhspa I'm still at the first step in the path of scientific research and the hard run, and I was Valvdil to the efforts and care for my teachers evacuation Aoun benevolent, they have the thanks and gratitude, as I find myself obliged to provide a multitude gratitude and thanks to the members of the discussion, my teachers Distinguished what Tjhmoh of the trouble in the correct letter order to realize Kamal them to the desired scientific interest, and perfect, but God alone that Mawla Yes and yes protagonist
Summary:
References:

الاوضاع العامة لليهود في دول حوض البحر المتوسط والمشرق الاسلامي من خلال رحـــلة بنيامين التطيلي == Public Affairs Of Jews In The State Of Mediterranean Basin And Islamic East Through Voyage Benjamin Alttili

Author name: طاهر عبد الله حسن الملحمي
Supervisor name: عبد الستار مطلك درويش
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: Arab gave a special interest to the civilizational aspects and they used the writing process in so many perspectives in the earlier time before. Further, in an earlier time, so many scientific books of the historical aspects had appeared in both East and West. These books prepared great information about the cities that Arab scientists and researchers visited, such as Ibn Jubeer(614 AH.), in his scientific trip which is named (Ticket news for travel agreements),and Ibn Batota(779 AH.) in his scientific trip (Catching masterpiece in oddity Alomassar and the wonders of travel ). Some of the Arab researchers gave an interest during the study of these trips by which the importance of our subject which is the tripe of the Jew, Penjameen Al - tattily(561 - 569 AH./1165 - 1173 AD.) to be a study of a master degree because he is not Arabian and not Muslim. So it is an attempt to find out what he wrote and mentioned about the situations of Jews in the Mediterranean. Al - tattily set out from Andalusia to Zaragoza, and then he visited the countries of the Mediterranean such as France, Italy, and Byzantine Empire. Then, he reaches the Islamic countries in the East. He visited several cities and countries during the Abbasid Caliphate and the Fatimid Caliphate. Al - tattely was the considered as the envoy from Jews politicians in order to see the situations of Jews in all the countries that they live, and especially in the Islamic world. The Islamic countries was considered from Jews as the save zone for the Jews people. He gave a study for the trip of the Jews in the East and West, and he gave a statistical number for any city that they travelled from. The aim of his study was to hide the truth about Jews situations in East and West, and to make an analogy between the two sides in order to be sure of their good situations in the Eastern Islamic countries, as it was confirmed by Peniameen Al - tettely. The Jews was received a good treatment and an interest from Muslims in contrary of the miser level living and the bad treatment that they received from European and how they were castaway and hated in the European societies in specific and in the Western societies in general. Jews tried to distort the Islamic religion in their historical writings. From this study, It can be noticed the following : - It was recognized that the Islamic world and since, it was founded by the Prophet Mohammad (Peace Be Upon Him) had granted liberty to Dhimmis(people who are not Muslims such as Jews). Furthermore, according to what is named as( Dar al - Islam), Jews were given a great liberty in the Islamic countries. That is to say, Jews were interested in their religious worshipping and their work inside the Islamic society. But, in the West, Jews were given miser treatment when they were living during the middle ages in the European societies so they set out to the other countries and especially to the Islamic ones in order to live peacefully. - The trip of Peniameen Al - tattely has a special character which is characterized by its difficult style, and it is possible to name it as a semi - style. This semi - style is different from the other trips such as the Islamic trips and the trips coming from Europe the Torah. - The situations of Jews were differently recognized between East and West because of the different relationships between them, and for the different political governments between East and West. In the Islamic countries, Jews has all rights by which they were considered by the Muslim caliphs as dhimmis, and they were imposed to pay what is named in Islam as tribute. Additionally, Muslims caliphs appointed so many Jews in the administrative and the financial jobs. But in Europe, they suffered from persecution and the displace. This thesis is started with an introduction, the analysis of the references and the conclusions. Further, the thesis is divided into four chapters. The first chapter is a study about tribes and globetrotters (people who did the tribes). These tribes are very important because they were considered as the resources that the researcher depends on. In this chapter, there is a recognize about the character who did the tribe, and the reasons behind his leaving the Western countries and going to Eastern cities, and why he then, came back to the Western ones. The second chapter is about the European Jews, and to shed light on the way of their live there. Also, in this chapter, the researcher speaks about the way of liberation of Andalusia and the stand of Jews from this liberation. It is worth mentioning that in this thesis, there is a reference to the situations of Jews before the liberation of Andalusia. It also sheds light on the political situations of the countries of the Mediterranean basin(France, Italy and the Byzantine Empire). Finally, this chapter shows the stand of Christians towards Jews. The third chapter is about the situations of Jews in Abbasid state, and the stand of Abbasid succession. This chapter is also to speak about the political and social situations of Jews that were so good under the rules of Muslims. Furthermore, there is a reference to Jews schools that have a prominent status in Islam, and to speak about Head Galot(Ra's aljalut) and its position, and the charm of the Christian, Dawood Bin Al - Rohy. The fourth chapter is a study about Fatimids entering to Egypt, and the situations of Jews under the Fatimids state and the stand of Fatimids from Jews. Also there is a reference to the jobs that Jews professed under the Fatimids rules. Then, this chapter shows how Jews built churches and houses, and what is the stand of Fatimids successors from these churches and houses. It is worth mentioning that the importance of this chapter comes from the fact that it shows us the living level of Jews from one hand. From the other hand, it shows us their freedom of practicing the religious rituals and other religious occasions and building churches, houses and also building other synagogues
Summary:
References:

المستشرق الاسباني ميغيل اسين بلاثيوس (1871 - 1944) وجهوده في التراث الاسلامي == Spanish Orientalist Miguel Asin Palacios' And His Efforts Of Islamic Heritage

Author name: ضياء ماجد حسن العبودي
Supervisor name: فلاح حسن الاسدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: A study of the orientalist's , Miguel As?n Palacios, efforts for Islamic heritage is of vital significance that needs a more investigative attention which can explore the privilege of this scholar in Islamic and Arabic studies. His theses and views, with reference to his presentation of Islamic outstanding scholars and their efficient role and contributions, his introduction of the active chemistry between Islam and Christianity, and his introduction of medieval Arabic and modern Spanish, are highly appreciated and influential. Chapter one, titled "The Inception of Spanish Orientalism untill Miguel As?n Palacios", is divided into two sections; section one introduces the early stages of Spanish orientalism and its peculiarities compared to European attempts, while section two is devoted to Miguel As?n Palacios with reference to his early life and study in Zaragoza, Arag?n, besides his professors; Francisco Codera and Juli?n Ribera. Chapter two, titled "Miguel As?n Palacios's Studies of Islamic Prominent Scholars and Scientists", is divided into two sections; section one introduces his studies of logic and Islamic theology highlighting the principles of Islamic doctrines in Al - Ghazali, Ibn Hazm and Ibn Tamlous's works.Whereas section two studies prominent Islamic philosophers like Ibn Bajah, Ibn AlUraif, and Ibn Asayed. Ibn Bajah, who is the forerunner among his contemporary philosophers, has been studied extensively by Palacios who has published Ibn Bajah's "Mahassen AlMajales". At the end of this chapter, Ibn Asayed is studied by Palacios who has published his book "AlHadaaiq". Chapter three, titled" The Beginning of Sufism in Andalusia", spotlights on what Palacios has written on Ibn Masarra of C?rdoba and his school shedding lights on Palacios' ideas and views. That is, Palacios' ideas and views of Ibn Masarra and his Sufism school as well as how Ibn Arabi's sufisim impacting greatly Palacios' thinking, are presented. Chapter four, titled "The Influence of Islam on Christianity for Palacios' Thinking", is divided into three sections. Section one examines the relationship between Sadilies Sufism and Spanish Christian Sufism. Section two studies the influence of Israa and Mirraaj story on Divine Comedy by Dante where Palacios has traced back the origin of this work to the Islamic heritage and culture. Section three investigates the impact of Ibn Rushd of C?rdoba on St. Thomas Aquinas. Palacios finds that the Islamic philosophy has an impact on the Dominican sect represented by Thomas Aquinas. Palacios has thoroughly studied the writings of both these philosophers finding that there is a great similarity between their views and theses, and Thomas Aquinas has been greatly affected by Ibn Rushd's views and methodology. In other words, Thomas Aquinas has adopted the Islamic theology originally proposed by Ibn Rushd after the adoption of the Islamic heritage and culture for Christian doctrine of Eastern Church; whereas Dante has not taken a lot from Islamic ideology in his Divine Comedy except for Ibn Arrabi who is considered a Christian orientalist in his views and ideas
Summary:
References:

فؤاد سراج الدين ودوره في السياسة المصرية حتى عام 1952 == Fouad Saraj Aldeen And His Role In The Egyptian Policy Until 1952 (A Historical Study)

Author name: ضحى عادل سلمان
Supervisor name: سميرة عبد الرزاق عبد الله العاني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of figures has obtained and still obtains an increasing importance by the researchers of modern and contemporary history. The history of Egypt is full of the examples of notable figures that has effected and left imprints in history. The purpose of this study is to know one of these historical figures by subjecting it to an objective study and historical investigation so that we know their effect, negative or positive, and we can then evaluate it. Also, the study aims to reveal the unknown facts about it and its relation to the relation to the development of the historical facts so that we can understand the course. The figure of Fouad Seraj Aldeen appealed to me for his aspiration and political wisdom and his assumption of many positions in early age. He is regarded the youngest minister in the modern history of Egypt. He became the secretary general of the Delegate Party and the controlling power after Al - Nahhas in taking decision. Seraj Aldeen was one of the most important Egyptian politicians in the last decade of the monarchy. Form that fact we set on to choose Fouad Seraj Aldeen and his role in Egyptian policy until 1952 an attempt to evaluate his role scientifically stressing the scientific neutrality.The historical events required to the division of the thesis into four chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by an introduction which includes the most important findings of the study. Chapter One is devoted to study the life of Fouad Seraj Aldeen including his birthdate in 1910, his social belonging to a landowner class and its relation to the royal family of King Fouad. Chapter Two tackles the political role of Fouad Seraj Aldeen since 1942 until 1944 for closeness of Al - Nahhas the role in convincing him to return to Cairo, and the formation of his fourth cabinet in February 1942 in which he occupied the ministry of agriculture.Chapter Three studies the political role since 1945 until the resignation of Hussein Seri in 1949 when the opposition media tried defamed and his attempt to approximate to Britain 1945 - 1946. Chapter Four tackles the activity of Fouad Seraj Aldeen in 1950 until the year 1952 and his role in the role in the triumph in the elections of 1950. The research ends up with a conclusion which includes the most important findings of the study which are : 1 - The year 1948 was a golden year for Fouad Seraj Aldeen as he managed to become the secretariat - general of the Wafid Party in spite of his young age. He endured great tasks at the same time this position found enemies for him inside the Wafid Party who accused him of corruption and the exploitation of his power. 2 - Fouad Seraj Aldeen is a distinguished member of the Senate when he was the cleverest and brilliant opponent Senates. He recorded noteworthy attitudes as he expressed the opinion of his party in the best manner possible due to his rigid attitudes.
Summary:
References:

الحزب الوطني الصيني ودوره السياسي في تاريخ الصين 1912 - 1949 == Chinese Nationalist Party And Its Political Role In The History Of China 1912 - 1949

Author name: صلاح حسن ربيح الربيعي
Supervisor name: نادية كاظم محمد العبودي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Under the imperial regime that ruled China since the third century BC, and the proliferation of secret societies as a key tool in opposing the Government system, the concept of a stranger political parties remained about China's traditional political thought to the Republican system of Government in 9191, the founding of the Chinese Nationalist Party (Kuomintang). The first glimmer of overt political activity on Western contexts. Hence the importance of this study is focused on the application of the first democratic experience in China and noted by the circumstances.The KMT is a product of Western influence on China, the first China animation Association nucleus (hisngh Jong Hui) which was formed as a reaction to humiliate China by Western countries. In the light of that uploaded the entire Manchu Assembly. Although the founders of this Association are Chinese intellectuals affected by Western culture and their aim is to establish a Republic on the Western theme, but they didn't they Slough radically from traditional style in politics within the framework of the traditional closed secret organization.And the evolution of the political activity of the ancestors of the Kuomintang through their quest to form an expanded political alliances against the Manchus in the context of the so - called Alliance Assembly (Eltingh Ming hui) which appeared to be abandoned in its political traditions and customs that prevailed in China for the Chinese society more concepts and political outlooks, especially the three principles which were the product ofthought San Yat - Sen. They changed the first of its kind in the modern history of China, which was termination of the bigotry of successive Governments to rule China and represent that the overthrow of the Manchu dynasty.Represented the period 9191 - 9191 transition is unstable in modern political history of China in General and the history of the KMT, while Western influences in the meantime to climax in a shift in the political organizations of its secret to the political public public parties especially the KMT, the Republic Government attempts to build a Western theme. Traditional powers emerged again to return to China to imperial and reflected clearly the constitutional institutions of governance and the Yuan Shi kai himself emperor, and the KMT, and his return to form a secret political organization (National Revolutionary Party). The news of the end of the Chinese experience based on the Western model.And resulted in the failure of the democratic experiment in9191 from the dominance of conventional principles of party ideology and its emphasis on the concept of trusteeship and the importance of loyalty to the leader.At the end of the first world war was the issue of the KMT's control of power and a constitutional Government is elusive, especially with the start of the rule of the warlords as proves the idea of forming a party of partisan coalitions in the political sphere as a result of an ideological disagreement. And the reputation of the party and advocated the principles of commitment to silence about the 19 demands made by Japan.I raised the issue of reorganizing the party of 9111 to the KMT and entered in countless problems, especially aftertaking the nucleus of a growing Communist Party within the Kuomintang itself. It has divisions in its ranks. As the latter failed to subjugate the Communists for his orders because they basically were associated with the implementation of the orders of the Comintern, especially within the context of unsettling the KMT and pounce on it.Resulted in the reorganization of the Party (the third phase) and accepted Soviet aid for putting it under supervision of the Soviet Union through a cadre of advisers in various disciplines and in all civil and military bodies, in preparation for submission to CPC.Despite the fact the party after the death of Sun Yat - Sen from internal conflicts but Jiang Kai - shek had resolved to strengthen his power by the Kuomintang military forces and paramilitary Fascist group known as the (blue shirts). Although the formal authority of the KMT Central Executive Committee and the Kuomintang but it seems in fact that Jiang Kai - shek hold absolute power over the party.Payment of Soviet and Japanese intervention in China, and in different contexts to the Kuomintang and Communist parties to enter into an Alliance. Let us resist the Japanese intervention in China a Comintern and the reality of Soviet interests in China, the Communist Alliance with Kuomintang in a United Front against Japan. Although this Alliance was fragile but he lasted the length of the Sino - Japanese war (9111 - 9191).Enjoy the KMT in the period 9111 - 9191 popular support, but lost this support and the Chinese Communists won due to the growing ranks of corruption and political repressionof students and intellectuals, not interested in issues of peasants.The spiral began economic and political failures appear prominently on the Kuomintang government in 9199 - 9191. Government institutions were not eligible for unemployment and high food prices. All this push to pull the rug from under the feet of the Kuomintang and the Communist Party's favor.United States diplomatic mediation failed, as well as important strategic aspect within the context of a stronger position of the Communist Party. Which is a lot of balance of power and resolve the consequences of the conflict for the Communist Party in the war.Both sides suffered heavy losses in lives and equipment, but the biggest loser was the Kuomintang decided at the end of 9191 under the leadership of Jiang Kai - shek to Taiwan island 911 miles from China's southeastern coast.
Summary:
References:

اقليم خراسان : دراسة في الجغرافية التاريخية من سنة 132هـ الى سنة 656هـ == Khurasaan Canton Study In Historical Geography From The Year 132 H To 656H

Author name: صدام جاسم محمد البياتي
Supervisor name: كاظم ستر خلف العلاق
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: No doubt that subject of historical geography from important subjects which need from researcher understanding action the geography surrounding in the historical events , if the understanding of history understanding rational need good knowledge in change of surrounding circumstances which located in frame it history events , but that such this knowledge necessity most of the time , to test truth of historical narration and stipulated from limit it truth , for the sake of securing this aim need knowledge farther to study historical geography.Now that this meaning was developed to pass historical ages and according to different point of view , where know its study of outward look change to surrounding , we refer to also it is the science which have explanation the geography action in historical events , by that historical geography underline about political changeable border to canton and what it relating in that from wars names and invasions which led to obtain canton or lose it , from that appears that historical geography not small branch from geography branches as economic geography and political geography but it group complementary geographies ,and through this preface to definition in term the historical geography we outs in glance about it , he is complement the geography in all branches especially the rights of natural and humanity to service the history events and advance it incidents.Perhaps choose khurasaan canton pivot to study because it was from important cantons added to Islamic Arab state , because of the geography locality who distinguished in it in the farther of northeast , then to the humanity fortune and natural which distinguished in I on all levels and sides from growing , industry , trade , building and mineral fortune.Therefore historian worthier large interest in news this canton and care mentioned it towns and villages and workers and scholars ,and may be reason in that return to this canton since Arab occupy it staying in it a lot of Arab tribes , until close to be part from Arab Islamic lands , also the mixture culture and customs and traditions of Arabic with customs and traditions of Persian overdo action even the Arabic language became the language of culture and political in khurasaan to late time.And no hidden on more that khurasaan canton active role in a lot of political events and specially Ala,Abassiya invitation who choice from it place for spreading it thoughts and declaration after that and dashing from it toward Iraq and toppling in The Umayyad Caliphs at year (123H).This Study includes : Prelude and five chapters , beside the conclusion and a list of sources and modulation and references. The first chapter have administrative geography to khurasaan , and clarifying the name and the location and the border and geography climate , then important administrative terms in khurasaan. The second chapter from study have the civilization outward to cities and building in khurasaan , from where mentioned important khurasaan cities such as Naesaboor , Marow , Huraat , and Balakh , and it civilization development and building. The third chapter we review the population setup to khurasaan social and action of natural disasters and diseases in it , and clarifying settling of population in khurasaan. The fourth chapter special to study economic geography to khurasaan canton , we try clear natural fortune and progress the economic trinity to canton from growing ,industry , and tradeThe five chapter special to study political history to khurasaan canton from the year (132 H to 656 H) , for the sake of clarifying political geography to canton and active the geography members in it. At last was The conclusion to explain the importance what was the research reach to from results about this study. At the end I want to show that I do my best in this research and if Successes in it that will be from God merciful. if it was the other side so that from myself that because I want to be most clear in my research and in God we trust.
Summary:
References:

حزب الاتحاد الاشتراكي للقوات الشعبية ودوره السياسي في المغرب (1975 - 1996) == Socialist Federation Party Of Public Forces And Political Role In Morocco (1975 - 1996)

Author name: شيماء عبد الوهاب عبد الشمري
Supervisor name: نغم سلام ابراهيم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of political parties history in Morocco has been considered worthy to be researched in the modern and contemporary Arabic history. The independence of Morocco on 3r of March 1956 , has been regarded as a turning point for setting out the parties ' political work in the contemporary Morocco, that is linked to the virtual role of political parties and organizations in the resistance against the French occupation and in mobilizing the publics as to achieve its goals in freedom , independence and progression. But, the new political reality has found a state of struggle between ownership institutions from one side and political parties from another side, this resulted into having the latter divides into opposing and supporting the ownership institution. The socialist Federation Party of Public forces was one of these parties. , where stages of party's development have embodied as reflection on the development of political events in Morocco in the contemporary and modern history. The thesis aims at studying the historical roots of the socialist federation party of public forces as apposition party since its establishment in 1975 until the year 1996. The exceptional holding of the party in 1975 has been considered as a starting point for crystalizing the social, economic and political directions to continue to play its role and its virtual activity in Moroccan political domain. The thesis 's boundaries ceases at the announcement of constitution in 1996 that represented as a turning point toward democratic transition in the political process. The importance of research lies within studying the Socialist Federation Party of public forces since it is considered one of opposing political parties. The study of this party has been a transparent reflection on political parties development in Morocco since getting its independence in 1956, along with the issuance of law of multi - parties in 1959 that established legal bases of political life in Morocco and being considered as a starting point for setting out the regular political work. The activity and political practice of the party considered an important matter for being one of parties that represented parties opposition embedded with law. The study has been based on the historical context and analyzing descriptive method as to show most important developments Morocco has witnessed , along with the role of the socialist Federation party until 1996. In the light of the research's methodology , the thesis has divided into an introduction, preface , four chapters and conclusion. The preface comes with the title " Socialist Federation party of Public Forces and internal political developments in Morocco 1956 - 1975"in which I have explained the conditions that help contribute into dissenting the Socialist Federation party from the National federation of public forces in 1972 until the announcement of the party in 1974. The chapter one comes with the title " Socialist Federation party of public forces and holding exceptional conference , along with the political developments in Morocco (1975 - 1977). The study has focused on the most important events prior to the holding of exceptional conference of the party in 1975; besides , the organizational structure of the party together with its goals , and its role in the rural and provincial elections in 1976. It has been also explained the role of the party in the legislation election in 1977 and its stance in constituting the government and parliament. Ending with the matter of the dessert. The second chapter includes ( Fronts of political activity of the socialist federation party and its stance in respect to internal matters (1978 - 1983); this chapter has emphasized on its most important activities lying in the establishment of democratic co - federalism for occupying the laborers union of the party , the holding of 3rd conference of the party in 1978 and the party 's attitude toward unrests in 1979 - 1981. The chapter has also included the party's attitude toward the Nairobi conference decisions and toward the parliament in 1981. It has also explained its attitude toward Fas peak in 1982 , its role in the rural and provincial elections in 1983 and the government of Mohammed Kareem Al - Umrani in 1983. The chapter three discusses the internal developments of the socialist federation party and its attitude toward the national matters ( 1984 - 1989) ; it has exposed the party's attitude toward the Jewish sects conference in Marrakesh in 1984 and the holding of fourth national conference of the party. It deals with the establishment of Africa - Arab Federation and the party 's attitude thereof in 1984, along with its role in the legislation election in Morocco in 1984 and in forming the government in 1985. The chapter has also shown the party's objection to the meeting of Aifran in 1986 between the king Al - Hasan the second and Shimon Perez, it deals with the party's attitude toward Arab Morocco Federation in 1989 ( supported it); besides, referring to the fifth conference of the party held in April 1989 and the party's attitude toward the Arabic National matters ,Palestinian Liberation Organization , Lebanese matter and Iranian - Iraqi war. The chapter fourth comes with the title" the role of the party in boosting democracy and constitution amendment until year 1996. It exposes the party's attitude toward unrest happened in 1990 and government 's vote of confidence in 1990 , the announcement of forming democratic bloc in 1992. The chapter explains the party's stance in respect to death of AbdulRaheem Bu Ubaid in 1992 , the attitude of announcement of constitution in 1992 , along with the developments , role of the party in the massive elections in 1992, in addition, the party's attitude toward the legislative elections in 1993 and finally the announcement of new constitution in 1996 and its positive stance of it. The study has conclude with conclusions included the most important results which are : 1. The political domain has witnessed appearance of new political organizations after the issuance of law of parties that have aimed at preventing to establish Sole Party system and to place bases of multi - Party system. Thus the Monarchy institution got succeeded in its struggle with the independence party and began forming a government loyal to the monarchy institution. It is confirmed that the institution has lonely achieved its goals and confirmed its loyalty on Morocco's political life.2. The struggles have not only confined between the opposition and the monarchy institution , but rather have transferred unto the opposition parties. Thus , we have noticed that in 1972 it has happened disputes inside the National Federation of Public forces and led to dissention inside the party. The latter has got divided into two parts , one part ( Rabat) led by AbdulRaheem BuObaid and the other (Al - Dar Al - Baydha) led by Abdullah Ibrahim. The dissention led to freeze the national bloc and resulted into reflecting that on its role in the political life and establishing to have every party works independently. 3. The exceptional conference held in 1975 has been considered as a turning point for appearing the socialist Federation Party of Public Forces and specified its political , social and intellectual trends and directions in adopting the socialism and democracy as that confirmed by participating into legislation election in 1977 where the party has not wined as for there have been forgeries in the election. 4. Despite , the socialist federalism Party of public forces has been considered one of opposition parties , but it has tried in more than one occasion to adopt positive stances in respect to monarchy institution , especially , when the matter concerned with the national benefit of Morocco 's sovereignty , most outstandingly, is the matter of Morocco Desert where the party has played a grand role in defending it as to be part of morocco.5. The party has adopted virtual political stances and attitudes in praising the labor sector, as a result, it worked on establishing Democratic con - federalism as to activate the workers union , where the party has used it as to have its voice get to the parliament and monarchy institution by supporting the union.6. The party's activity along with its directions have virtually confirmed on principles of democracy which the party has called for since its establishment. The observer who followed up the activity of the party since 1975 until the year 1996 , has found that this party is opposition one as to reinforce and boost its methodology to practice democracy; besides , stressing its links with the Morocco republics and its adherence to the national benefit of the people and freedom from one side and Morocco unity quarantine from other side. Moreover, the positive sides of the party in respect to the Arab matters in contemporary and modern history. 7. The party's political directions and trends have been largely crystalized by calling for constitutional and political reforms. The 90s decade of 20th century has represented an essential phase for the party by emphasizing the party's role to call for reform and change. This represented by getting the King " Al - Hasan the second " accept suggestions of Democratic blocs that led to occurring positive change for the democratic process through
Summary:
References:

القصة التاريخية في الكتب السماوية التوراة - الانجيل - والقران الكريم : دراسة مقارنة == Historical Story In The Heavenly Books The Torah - The Bible And The Koran) A Comparative Study

Author name: شيماء بدر عبد الله السراي
Supervisor name: عطا سلمان جاسم
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: It included three monotheistic books the Torah and the Bible and the Koran a lot of stories that dealt with many topics, Kqss creation of the universe, and the creation of plants and animals, the story of the creation of man, and the stories of the Prophets and Messengers (peace be upon them), and many others. The variety of the heavenly books and the methodology of each of them in the revenue these stories techniques, also differed as well as degree of trust in which after the long hand of interpolating some of them specifically (the Torah and the Bible), The Koran Valemteman which sees a lot of stories contained therein on different themes, but that is noticeable the goal of these stories clearly see that it is not purely historical Despite being a historical stories, but that reflected the goal is that people familiar with the conditions to take a bite and a lesso. And the fact that the historical story stands out clearly in the heavenly books therefore we took this to be the subject of our research, which we called "the historical story in the heavenly books (the Torah, the Bible and the Koran) - A Comparative Study". The research has necessitated the need to split the four seasons, with an introduction exporter dealt with the idea of research and a presentation of the most important sources used in it, and we dealt with it in preparation, "the story and methodology in the heavenly books." We discussed in the first chapter and which Smonah as "the story of creation and training in the heavenly books," and we have the story of the creation of the heavens and the earth and the story of the creation of animals and plants and the story of human creation represented. by Adam and Eve, the father of mankind, and their children the story of Cain and Abel. The second chapter is marked as "the story of the Apostles (peace be upon them) in the heavenly books", we have studied the historical story contained in the stories of the prophets : Noah, Abraham, Moses, Jesus and Prophet Muhammad (blessings and peace be upon them all). In the third chapter, which we called "Stories of the Prophets (peace be upon them) contained in the holy books," it was dedicated to the study of historical story contained in the stories of the prophets : Idris and Ishmael and Isaac and Jacob and Joseph and Elias (peace be upon them all). As we discussed in the fourth quarter marked "Stories of the Prophets (peace be upon them) and the above - Nations," which has studied the historical story contained in the stories of the prophets : Lot and Shoaib and David and Solomon, and Job (peace be upon them all). Agafina thesis and conclusion dealt with a summary of the most important research and the conclusions we have reached). Find and necessitated the need to rely on a variety of sources, divided in terms of its article to the scientific, historical sources and sources of interpretation and the Hadith, as well as linguistic sources, and other sources. The study found after this effort to a set of conclusions are : - 1 - replete with holy books (the Torah, the Bible and the Koran) many of the stories and themes vary content of those measures, dealt with stories of creation and configuration and stories of the prophets and messengers and clans stories above and other stories. 2 - different divine books among them in the way revenue of these stories and the purpose of them, while they Torah supplied in a historic predominantly narrative and lengthening as well as the approach to the Bible, while the Koran presents those stories the character and preaching indicative, despite the fact that the stories provided with a historical character that is attached on the previous prophets and apostles and the UN, all historical stories, but it does not deal with it according to that, we do not see the historical dimension where beating the general approach of the story, but he was content with the placement of the Koran lesson from them. 3 - approach the Torah not to balance RPR in the stories and historical events that Ahtutea listed, sometimes be offered for a long story. As we see in other times it is limited to mention the story rapidly and stands for a lot of the details. 4 - Given that the Torah and the Bible may Donna after a relatively long period of Nzulhma on God's prophets Moses and Jesus (peace be upon them), it has extended to them by the distortion and manipulation of large manipulated them, while keeping the Koran did not misrepresented. 5 - abused Torah distorted much to the place of the Prophets (peace be upon them), including attributed to them from the abusive acts that can not accept it from ordinary human beings as well as the prophets. 6 - characterized as the Torah as well as its proximity to a lot of exaggerations and inaccuracies with respect to the stories that dealt with, and the events that I mentioned. This is due to the distortion of course, who have long been at the hands of her book.
Summary:
References:

ابرز احداث الحروب الصليبية بين مؤرخيها المعاصرين العرب واللاتين : دراسة نقدية مقارنة (489 - 895هـ/ 1095 - 1489م) == The Most Outstanding Events Of The Crusader Wars Between The Contemporary Arab And Latin Historians (A Comparative Critical Study 489 - 895 A.H./ 1095 - 1489Ac)

Author name: شروق مجيد محيبس السراج
Supervisor name: عباس عبد الستار عبد القادر الزهاوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis deals with the most outstanding events of the crusader wars between the contemporary arable and Latin historians (a comparative critical study, an image that is governed in two opposite views, an Islamic view towards a Latin topic of the crusader wars, by all its events and consequences. These are the topics of our thesis from the beginning of the Crusades and the results it comes up with. The thesis concludes that in spite of the difference of the two views, there are many agreements and similarities that led to the signing of conventions and between the two parties, and also led to attitudes that were governed by tolerance like the attitude of Salah Alden Al - Ayubi towards the residents of Jerusalem when liberated it from the Crusader control, and how he treated the Crusader prince who were captured in Haotin Battle. Also, a notable example was how Al - Kamil Al - Ayubi, sultan of Egypt, treated the emperor Fredriech II. There was a friendly relationship at the hands of the Crusades. The thesis also concludes through some of the Latin historians that there were admiration and praise as a result of following the policy of tolerance and pardon as well as recognition of their knighthood and heroism like the case of EmadAldinZenki and his son Nor - Aldin Mahmoud and Salah Aldin. The research proves that failure which afflicted the mogul - Crusade against Muslims, especially in the Levant and Egypt, had reasons and consequences the most importance reason was the solidarity and coherence among the Muslim factions for the reason of evacuate the Holy Lands for any foreign existence. It shows that the divisions among the Crusaders princes, monarchs and knights, especially the English and the French, and the French and Germans, were not divisions because of competition and the capturing of authority, but mostly due to the feeling in Europe in general and in Papal feeling that those monarchs and princes do not serve the Crusader and the Cross cause, but they were out of the papal claim that they were out of law. Therefore, the Pope made a decree to excommunicate the German Emperor Friedrish II. Also, the weakness form which the crusaders suffer becomes clear when the sought support by the Moguls. But the Crusaders were not united in that alliance with the Moguls. Antakya allied with them and some refused the alliance as in Akka. The research concludes that the Muslim husotrianswere not neutral and objective in dealing with the Crusader leaders and they were described as ‘damned and outlaws’ and ‘heretics who worship the trinity.’ Many of the historians did not mention the name of the king but they only mention the title like ‘the Prince,’ ‘the King’ or the Emperor’ and the like. The study concludes that the mutual civilizational effects between the Muslim east and the Latin west were one - sided which resulted in the future European Renaissance that includes all the intellectual, military and social fields. The civilizational sharing which happened after warring and aggressing andhostility made the Europeans recognize not only their defeat but also they acknowledged the crimes which they had committed. Finally, this thesis is like a work that contributeswith other researches and studies about the Crusader movement as a suitable place, before the judges of history, for the disasters and pains it caused and has left behind.
Summary:
References:

بنجامين دزرائيلي ودوره في سياسة بريطانيا الخارجية (1804 - 1881) == Benjamin Disraeli And His Role In The Foreign Policy Of Great Britain (1804 - 1881)

Author name: شاهه دحام عبد الله الجبوري
Supervisor name: خالد حسن جمعة
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Personal Benjamin Disraeli importance distinct in the history of Britain in general and Britain's foreign policy for the period 1874 - 1881, especially These were important while receiving the premiership in 1868 for the first time and 1874 for the second time and the leadership of the Conservative Party, and his painting of the two policies both internal and external to Britain to suit the aspirations of the party as well as the policy of imperial expansion coupled with his name (a leading global imperialism) fired by historians in that historical period, and given the importance of the political developments and reform pursued by Disraeli which made him a universal feature of this character has been chosen to be the subject of Our thesis The researcher followed a historical description of the methodology and the policy of Disraeli's life as well as we used a method of analysis and extrapolation wherever the need arises for the use of one of these approaches to get to the truth of his foreign policy Was divided thesis on the four seasons, and came first chapter titled Benjamin Disraeli origination and composition perspective of political and contains three Topics, taking the first topic of his upbringing and his early life and change dogmatic from Jewish to Christian and how it contributed to the change of his political life, while the second topic has dealt with Multi - entry into the world of politics and the beginnings of political and conditions that serve to be a member of the British Parliament, while the third topic dealt with Disraeli thinker and political seer Meembody what he wrote novels on the ground that eat mostly what Candors in public life in a way criticism of reality, as it was characterized by pungent literary style in writing and in his speeches that he delivered in parliament. The second chapter (internal politics) have been divided on the three topics also touched on the first topic of his political life to the first (1832 - 1837) and the obstacles he faced during his candidacy to the parliament and the political perspective Disraeli The third chapter which dealt with (his foreign policy from 1874 to 1880) was divided on the three topics, too, addressed the First research the subject he came to power in 1874 and the circumstances that led him to power and how he led his party to success, and in the second topic we discussed its expansionist policy and highlight the role of Britain's international that period and international conferences in which he participated, while the fourth chapter talked about it to the wars fought by Britain in the era of Disraeli and that led to the overthrow of his ministry in 1880 and take over the Liberal Party power for the curtain falls on an important figure in the history of England in the nineteenth century, in the first topic war Anglo - afganah and the most important events that took place after the end of the war, while the second topic we researched it about war Zulu highlighted the importance of Africa for Britain and expansions of imperialism in the region, while the third topic British policy in some areas of Africa and the Arabian Gulf under his roles. Through our study to the subject we have realized that the British foreign policy has been the greatest by what Benjamin Disraeli had did. He was the prime Minister of Britain and the Chief of the conservatives' party, he is coming from Jewish backgrounds and took the Christianity in an early time of his life so this change in belief made him getting high political ranks and fame but he stayed praising the Jewish all his life and mentioning it in each event this did not banned him to be a trustful for Britain and for the Queen Victoria as well. Britain at that time was referred as the Remarkable for its becoming the supreme power in the region especially after his gaining, the second term of the prime - ministry (187 - 1880) , while the first term was short in 1768 but his Remarkable touche was clear in it thus he was the minister of finance for many times and was also the first minister for all positions, that all made him the mystery of his period. the six years he was the prime Minister and the Chief of the conservatives' party since 1874 have him had an expansionary policy that he led Britain Empire to reach the panama channel, and Fiji islands he also bought a share in the Suez Canal from AL - Khudewi Ismail to be a chain - point between the kingdom and its colonies at the east and to control the Mediterranean sea as well. in 1876n, he crowned the Queen with the badge of the Empire and named it as the Empire of India and the Queen of Britain , and in 1877 Cyprus had become a British protectorate after an agreement made with the Ottoman to save the British interests from the Russian intervention in the region. in 1878 Disraeli had the big part with the German prime Minister Bismarck in drawing the map of Europe when they hold Berlin conference then he took to his nation, and that's what made him" The peace with the honor
Summary:
References:

مرويات ال البيت (عليهم السلام) في مؤلفات السيد نعمة الله الجزائري (1050 - 1112هـ)

Author name: سوزان ازاد نوري
Supervisor name: بهجة علي محمد
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Summary:
References:

اسرة ال اعين واثرهم في الاسلام == The Aain Family And Their Impact In Islam

Author name: سهيل صالح جالي المالكي
Supervisor name: صباح شاكر فليح الغراوي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: All pries is to do Allah and peace and blessing be upon Muhammed and his househeld. The Islamic message were not addressed to a particular nation or nationalism, but it was a message to all the nations of different religions and origins and nationalities, and that is absorbed by all these elements and was able to collect in Bodqp which all loyalties melted, and became the only loyalty to the religion and resulted in great human civilization which emerged humanitarian features and scientific, and study the history of families is one of the important studies in Islamic history, no doubt they dealt with the study of the lives of numerous characters and contain so many different roles carried out by those personalities emerge in stages. This was the nature of the research required to make it in the introduction, three chapters, that chapters was not equal; and according to the scientific article that are available for each chapter, and that has been reached and gathered from sources, began to head - in which showed the importance of the subject and the reason for choosing the subject, the contents of the chapters , and the methodology and the difficulties encountered and overview of sources and references,.. then fundamental conclusion we have drawn them to this thread points, and supplement, as well as proven sources and references. the first chapter title : ( definition of the family of Al Aain of the political, intellectual, and their era) in which we highlighted on (Sensn) family grandfather, and find out the origin of the family, then find out (the Aain) and the father of the family that his name, and how to enter in Islam and joining the tribe of Bani Shiban which We lived Kufa, and then we reviewed and audited in the some of his soons , and the different narrators in it, and the piography of each person of men Al Aain and their, soons who were linked to the Imams (peace be upon them), and then we talked about the home of the family, their mosque, and we ended to the Chapter to speak about the political their time and intellectual especially in the reigns of Imam Muhammad al - Baqir and Ja'far al - Sadiq (peace be upon them); Because of their close contact with them, and their commitment to the pace of the household (peace be upon them).The second chapter entitled (interpretative impact, and ethical impact, historical impact) talked about the importance of interpretation, and aware of the readings. One of the sons of the family the readings scientists, and looked at the impact of family men in interpretative area, as well as a review of some models of their novels in interpretation Quran and divided it into : what came in the prophets and their people, and the other in the Imams (peace be upon them) and the Shiites, then the moral impact, and a profile science ethics, their talks for Imams (peace be upon them) in the moral side, the choice of divided it into sections models, according to the alphabet, then historical events, it dealt with the display models of the age of the message events, and the Umayyad era, and in the novel Mahdism And singled out the third chapter and last title (verbal impact and impact idiosyncratic) which dealt with the impact of verbally family, and divided into three points : the first : for theology defined and its origins and its importance, and the second : Speakers of the Al Aain and their role in the debate the people of deviant beliefs, and. Ideological talks in (Theology), while the impact idiosyncratic talked about jurisprudence, and the history of jurisprudence, and scholars of the family, and especially the role of Ben Zuraarah in this area, and the rest of the men of the family, and in the jurisprudence(branches of religion). The curriculum in writing is to deal with the sources of cash closer reading and analysis of information on sources and compared with each other through information analysis and linked with each other and the information that conclusion describes the impact of the family, and especially in relation to novels.
Summary:
References:

الاسر العلمية في المغرب العربي واثرها في الحياة العامة من القرن الثالث الهجري حتى نهاية القرن الثامن الهجري == The Scientific Families In The Arab Maghreb And Their Impact On The Public Life From The Thirteen Century A.H. Until The End Of The Eighth Century A.H

Author name: سندس غني عريبي الحديثي
Supervisor name: سهيلة مزبان حسن
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: تعتبر الاسرات العلمية من الظواهر البارزة في الثقافة العربية الاسلامية منذ العصور القديمة ولقد شجع الفتح الاسلامي في المغرب بعد انتشار الاسلام ورسوخ الحضارة والفكر الاسلامي في المغرب العربي على ظهور العديد من الاسر العلمية التي كان لهم الدور البارز والمميز | The scientific families are considered is one of the prominent manifestations of the Arabic Islamic culture since old times. The Islamic conquest encouraged the emergence of many scientific families after the spread of Islam in the Mghreb. They had an eminent role in the history of the Arab Maghreb states. The scholars and scientists have got the care and the interests through the different Islamic ages not only of the authority but also the social strata. They are, as the Holy Scripture stipulates, the inheritors of the prophets. That made their circle lofty. Each family of the scientific families has a tangible impact in that. Among them there were families who succeeded science and art and knowledge. They assumed the highest social statuses, and their role was not sufficed to the other fields like trade, judiciary and ministration. That is attributable to the emergence of the role of families as the nuclei of the Islamic society in which the individual is raised and are cultivated. Among the many reasons that led me up to choose that subject is the care of scholars in old and modern times, and the impact of that in the various aspects of life in general. However, no study has tackled scientific families comprehensively. I endeavored to explain the features of the scientific families from which many scholars and scientists descent, in every field. Each one followed the course of that who preceded him, and it was among the reasons is to reveal the role of scientific families which were spread in the Maghreb state. The nature of the study requires the division into an introduction, a preface, four main chapters and an introduction as well as abstracts in Arabic and English. The Introduction tackles the geographic position of the state of Maghreb, and the states which were established there starting of the Aghalibiya state and ending with the Hafsiya state. Chapter Two was devoted to the study of the role of scientific families and the most prominent sciences with which they mastered. Chapter Three was devoted to the study of the impact of scientific families in the administrative, political and military aspects.Chapter Four is devoted to the study of the role of scientific families in the social and economic life. The Conclusion includes the summary of the findings and then the references and sources.
Summary:
References:

انطون سعادة واثره في الحياة السياسية والثقافية في سوريا ولبنان (1904 - 1949) == Antoun Saadeh And His Effect On The Political And Cultural Life In Syria And Lebanon 1904 - 1949

Author name: سندس عبد الله عيسى
Supervisor name: احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of characters has always assumed growing significance for researchers in modern and contemporary history. The history of Lebanon is rich in characters that have influenced the political and cultural lives in Syria and Lebanon. One of most notable of these characters is Antoun Saadeh, who was an outstanding, influential character. The circumstances surrounding his activity led to crystalizing the dimensions of his political and cultural character. He was coeval with the First World War and the negative results ensuing from it. Such results left a conspicuous mark in his intellectual production and political activity in both his homeland and the diaspora. Furthermore, he was the founder of the Syrian Social National Party to oppose the French Mandate and to raise the Syrian Nation and save it from the state of chaos and confusion it was living.The studies that have dealt with the Syrian Social National Party have referred to Antoun Saadeh, but they have never covered his intellectual and cultural activity, whether in Lebanon or in the diaspora, in a comprehensive, deep manner. The idea of the current study stemmed from this fact.When Saadeh's character is studied, a number of questions might be raised : - Did his travel to the United States of America then to Brazil has an effect on the emergence of his intellectual and political activity? - Did his intellectual production contribute to finding a solution for the Syrian nation's issues and to enriching the culture at his home nation and the diaspora? - Why did he found the Syrian Social National Party? - How did the internal developments in Lebanon affect his return to his home nation in 1947? - What were the reasons behind the 1949 coup attempt and how did it end? - What were the circumstances of his arrest and trial?The study tries to answer these questions and sheds the light on important aspects of Antoun Saadeh's life and his intellectual and political activity since his travel to USA and Brazil till the failed upheaval trial in 1949. The study is divided into a preface, an introduction, three chapters and appendices and ends with a conclusion including a collective of conclusions. The preface focuses on the cultural and political conditions in Syria, especially in Jabal Lubnan during the Ottoman era till the time of Antoun Saadeh's birth. As to the first chapter (Antoun Saadeh, his lineage, bringing up, intellectual and political activity 1904 - 1930), it addresses his lineage, family and bringing up, and then his travel to USA and Brazil later on. It also sheds the light on his father's intellectual and cultural influence, his work in the press field, and shows his political activity through his affiliation to the associations and the establishment of parties until his return to Lebanon in 1930. The second chapter is dedicated to the study of his intellectual and political activity (1930 - 1938) and sheds the light on his literary and political activity. It is also specified to the study of the reasons and motives of his establishment of the Syrian National Party, it refers to its structure and principles, it also mentions his three imprisonments and states the attitude of the Lebanese authorities towards him and their impact on his departure from Lebanon in 1938. The third and last chapter sheds the light on his intellectual and political activity (1938 - 1949) dealing with his travel to Brazil then to Argentina and his intellectual and political activity, it also treats the internal developments in Lebanon and its impact on his return to Lebanon in 1947, and it sheds the light on the failed upheaval trial in 1949 and his imprisonment circumstances. The chapter ends up with his trial and execution. The researcher faced many difficulties, like lack of books touching on Saadeh in our academic institutions. This led her to travel to Lebanon to obtain the required sources and get in touch with Lebanese characters that had lived the events covered by the study.In conclusion, I place this study before my revered professors, Discussion Committee President and members, who will definitely enrich it with their accurate academic notes. From Allah success comes.
Summary:
References:

المرويات التاريخية في كتابات الشيخ المفيد (ت336 - 413هـ/ 947 - 1022م) == The Historical Narrations In The Books Of Al Sheikh Al Mofeed 336 - 413 AH / 947 - 1022Ah

Author name: سندس زيدان خلف الشجيري
Supervisor name: جاسم صكبان علي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: It's well - recognized for all , that History is considered a record for time and civilizations as well as a measuring system for State' Conditions and the great men who were mentioned by the History either because of their own genius in sciences , fighting or in Policy. Arab & Islamic Homeland had presentedgreat numbers of Historians and Scientists who were greatly mentioned in History. Amongst them was Al Sheikh Al Mofeed(336 - 413 / 947 - 1022) who was characterized with originality and pedigree in ideology as well as with the penetrating mind in comprehension the Islamic Sciences , and , learning , and all these characteristics were reflected into his many books in the fields of Islamic Law "Al - Fak'h" , Exegeses , Tradition "Hadith" , History , Philosophy and Dialectic. So , he was considered as Encyclopedia Of His Time in the space of Islamic Sharia and other fields. His own thoughts were regarded as expanding books and summarized messages in various Human Sciences up to our time as delightful and fruitful lessons to understand the facts which are accompanied with evidences such as The Holly Quran and Sunna and else which are emerged first.For the importance of studying History , we must depend on great accuracy in transforming History with examining and full study in order not to be used by enemy who intend to destroy our Civilized and Dogmatically Libraries. In other hand , we must , as well , to study Our History in full examining and understanding and screening it from any smears , and to purify it so as to appear in very clear and pure form to be benefit for others.Al Sheikh Al Mofeed had paid great interests for the historical books while his books were estimated about 200 Books , just 46 one wen did receive as Volume , books or Letters. He was characterized with the new method as he had a critical sense and great ability of analyzing to study the event and to submit it in an easy method far from ambiguous and free of equivocation as it was represented by Arabic ciceronian Style with boldness and easiness of words , besides discussing the points of view in calm and frank style depending on the mental evidences. Since the studies that had dealt with Al Sheikh Al Mofeed ' books were very few , additionally , that this Study will give the reader a general idea about his own books which had included intimations and news about The Prophet Mohammed (Almighty Allah peace upon him) and other prophets , therefore we have selected The Historical Narrations in the Books of Al Sheikh Al Mofeed. Thesis is subdivided into two sections : - The First One : ? First Chapter has included the general countenances for The Era ofAl Sheikh Al Mofeed , and it is divided , as well , into four topics , the first one is the political Countenances , the second one is about Economic Countenances , the third one is about the Social Countenances while the fourth one is concentrated on The Cultural Countenances in Baghdad.? Second Chapter has included the Personal & the Scientific Biography of Al Sheikh Al Mofeed. It's , also , subdivided into three topics , the first one His own Personal Biography such as His Full Name and surname , his birth , his life in very details , his personality , his death and , last , his tomb. While the second topic has included his scientific biography with mentioning to several number of instructors who had appreticed with , then some of his practical life. The third topic it is concerned with his own scientific position among the instructors , then an aspect of his practical life is mentioned to. The third topic , the last one , has referred to his scientific position among other thinkers and scientists of that period with mentioning for several of his students.? Last but not latest , Chapter three which has included the approach of Al Sheikh Al Mofeedin writing his books , it's subdivided into three topics as well, the first topic is ti submit all his books with classifying them according to their subjects with rapid presenting for the titles of his own books which couldn't find yet , while the second topic has dealt with the historical approach in writing his books which has distributed in ten points , first of all is his using Reference in his writings as well as depending on brief and details and his mentioning to Quantities , Countries and Names for the persons and their surnames and ancestries accompanied with dates in writings ,as well as , setting introductions for each subject , in addition to refer to some explanations for some leggings and measurements , last he depended on using the repetition. The third topic had dealt with his quotes and references which are divided into four groups : such as Verses Of Holy Quran , Hadith Of The Prophet and the written or the audible references and the documents. - The Second One : ? Chapter One of Thesis which includes The Historical Narrations in the Books of Al Sheikh Al Mofeed , as a result of the embranchment of these Narrations' subjects besides their shortness and disability of classifying them , sometimes , in a chief axis , therefore the scientific necessity was demanded dividing them not on the base of their subjects but they are divided into divisions according to the political , ideological , economic or social purposes , they are as following below : Chapter One has dealt with the political field in five topics , the first topic has studied the narrations at The Prophet Mohammed (Peace upon him) and it was described due to their events such as BADR BATTLE , OHOD BATTLE ,when The Prophet had replaced some companionate to be deputized instead of him in Fighting or praying affairs. The second topic has dealt with the narrations at the era of ABO BAKER (Allah Bless him)and his reign Islamic Caliphate , while the third topic has dealt with the era of OTHMAN BIN AFFAN (Allah Bless him)and his reign Islamic Caliphate and the narration of his assassination , and the fourth topic has dealt with the narrations of IMMAM ALI BIN ABI TALEB as well as mentioning to GHADEER KHOM And AL JAMMAL BATTLE as well as to mention his assassination and his Holly Shrine , the fifth topic , the last one , has dealt with the narrations of IMMAM HUSSIEN ( Peace on him ) As well as has dealt with AL TAFF BATTLE and the effects of this Battle and how it had happened.? Chapter Two has been represented with the Conceptual Field , and to submit the most important narrations which Al Mofeed had referred to , was the narrations of the Historical criticism.The second topic Al Sheikh Al Mofeedhad referred to several divisions and had divided them into two parts , the first one the Islamic group like Shiite , Al Imamia, Al Kesania , Al Nawoosea , Al Mu'atazala , Al Zaidiya , Al Karamita , Al Isma'eeliya , Al Shamtiya and others. As well as mentioning to the meaning of Exaggeration " AL GHOLO ". Secondly dealing with The Non - Islamic Groups , while the third topic has referred to the case of Disappearance (Al Ghayba) and the narrations of AL MEHDI UBIITY (peace on him) and mention also , first , to The Holy Scriptures , secondly , has pointed to different events , and the fourth topic has dealt with the real fact of The Black Stone and the reasons behind its existence and its creation. While the fifth topic has described several concepts Al Mofeed had referred to like the concept of speech ,the concept of Reviviscence (Al Raja'a) in Holy Quran , the concept of Fatality. The sixth topic has dealt with The month Of Ramadhan and all the related matters with. The Last topic was the seventh which has dealt with the position of AHL AL BAIT in the Islamic Intellect.? Chapter three has studied the economic aspect which includes many topics , the first one is Inheritance , the second topic is about Fadak and the related facts , the third topic is about Al - Zakat and its meaning and its values , the fourth has dealt with (Al Khoums )and describing the payees and the items that must be paid for, the fifth topic has dealt with (Al Anfaal) , while the sixth topic has studied (AL Jezziya) its meaning and its values and the narrations which are related to, the last topic is the seventh one which has dealt with various economic narrations.? Chapter Four which is studied the social aspect , it is in many topics , the first one has dealt with the prophet's Life his birth , his Biography , his wives , Husbands of his daughters , his death , his shrouding and his Burial.The second topic has studied the Life Of FATMAT AL ZAHRA'A her birth , her marriage and her death , the third topic has dealt with AbeTaleb , his Islam , mentioning to his wife Fatima Bint Assad , while the fourth topic has studied the life of ALI BIN ABI TALEB his birth , his ethics , his position towards the prophet , the marriage of his daughters his shrouding and his Burial , the fifth topic has studied (Hadith AhlElKessa'a),the sixth topic has dealt the( Al Rashiddon Caliphs) , Islam Of Omar Bin El Khataab , Assassination of Othman Bin Affan , at last the seventh topic which is about narrations that are related to Marriage or Divorce.Then it is ended by conclusion for the most important results that I have reached to
Summary:
References:

الحركة الفكرية في همذان من القرن الثالث الهجري الى نهايـة القرن السادس الهجـري

Author name: سمية خالد بريسم الربيعي
Supervisor name: خاشع عيادة المعاضيدي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: لقد انتظمت الدراسة في اربعة فصول تضمن الفصل الاول نبذة تاريخية عامة عن همذان، وقد اشتمل على ثلاثة مباحث، الاول عن اصل تسمية همذان، والثاني عن مدن وقرى همذان، لان تحديدها مهم جدا لبيان نشات الاعلام في همذان، وكان المبحث الثالث والاخير عن فتح همذان وما تلا | This study deals with thinking and scientific activities in easter Islamic cities which is Hamdan. most of historical studies since 156 s dedicated specially to study political history for - nations , histories of Islamic cities ,reasons of its evolution , careers of men and administrative , economical , social , literature subjects men while concern was less for thinking and scientific studies although it a acquires great impotent because it deal with most famous Arabic Islamic activities.The Period research study was four centuries started from 3 rd century to 9 th century.This century represented important stage in life of Arabic Islamic State.It was full of Luxury activation and civilized promotion.Also this century witness flourishing of translation from old languages which help to transform most of Greec writings which was written in different subjects and Arab scientist enrich them.Many clerks and science as tellers , historian , a astronomers and others.Islamic raose potential economies for all Islamic states.Study depended on firm curriculum in study of Al - Hamadany. He lived and study in Hamadan and take knowledge from its shieks and science.The study explain and researches of Hamadan science in either transformational and intellectual studies.The study reference to many resources to make benefit from information’s which explain contribution of Hamadan thinkers and science in developments of intellectual sciences.It includes general translations , religious science , decedents book. geographical , historical books and minor references.The study includes four chapters : First chapter is a brief hisrtory of Hamadan which contain three studies , first one or origin of Hamadans name the second is about Hamadan cities and villages because determining it is very important to explain the lifes of scientist in Hamadan. Last study was of Hamadan conquest and what followers it of events till third century for Hijral ninth century A.C.Second chapter is about religious science and famous clerks of Hamadan people in it and most famous readers.Second study was about Hadith , the most famous writings and tellers of Hadith.Third study is a bout religious interpretation its origin and famous interprets.Third chapter is about Arabic language and literature.It includes two studies , first study is about language and study Arabic Moslems maintain Arabic language because it is language of Holly Quran. Second study is about humanitarian science and pure science sufism and most famous sufies and their books. Second was about geography and history.
Summary:
References:

المكانة التجارية لمدينة دمشق من القرن الثاني حتى نهاية القرن الرابع الهجري == Commercial Rank Of Damascus City From The Second Century Until The End Of The Fourth Century AH

Author name: سلسبيل جابر عناد المياحي
Supervisor name: وئام عدنان عباس النعيمي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: After endingour study of commercialrank of Damascus city from the second century to the end of the fourth century,it is preferable to refer to the most important findings of the study : • Through the study, it has shown that Damascus had enjoyed a unique geographical location , as there were many factors that made its feature including its proximity to the Arabian Peninsula and its openness from the east on the plains leading to the Euphrates and Iraq and from west by the presence of the mountainous areas which seized on the trade route leading to the Mediterranean coast which then contacts Europein addition to the access road north to Halab and Asia Minor making it an important trading center for receiving goods and exported.Damascus, and since ancient times specifically in Aramean age, focused on trade.Armeniansunderstood as the first who make Halab the capital and commercial center, as their trade linked with the different cities, in addition to its land,fertile soiland flowing waters which made it produced various types of agricultural crops.• The effect of the political events in Damascusdid not disruptits Commercial activity.And if there was any impact for the eventsso it was due to the timeof its happening and then quickly Damascusregainedits commercial activitiesin timethat its commercial ties remained effectively working inside and outside.• Damascus had seen progress in various economic aspects.It hadbeen knowing in its various agricultural crops and its export types to different regions inside and outside Belad Al - Sham. The availability of natural and human conditions helped itin this respect. In Damascus, agriculture was the vital tributaries that flowed into the internal and external trade. In addition,Tradein Damascus had characterized by its high quality and plentifulwhich included various kinds of industries and what made in Damascus of any kind of these small or large industries weremuch more than what was made anywhere else in the world and perhaps this distinction was due to the availability of theexpertise, as they have skilled makers succeed in more than one art and throughout the ages as well as the abundance of raw materials in Damascus and its suburbs.• Through the study, it hasbecome clear to us that Damascus had enjoyed asolidcommercial connections with various Arab and non - Arab countries, dating back to before the advent of Islam , and since the dawn of history , and had enjoyed this status even after losing its centeredness as the capital of the Islamic State of Arabic, as that Damascus export to other cities was more than its import, and this was as indication of the agricultural and industrial ability of the city.During the era of the study,Damascus marketshad flourished.Although of all the crises, the trade balance continued for the benefit of Damascus with evidence that exports were more than imports.• The trade routes had an important role in linking Damascus with various countries of the world as theinterest and development of commercial roadshad been belonging to ancient centuriesand continuing until the Islamic era. Damascus had been associated with the world with two types of land routes and overseas transportation , and as a result of the importance of these routes in the trade promotion,Islamic State had worked to secure and interest in them and provide them with all the supplies that would facilitate everything related to business process , and we do not forget the role of traders who aimed at securing roads in times of disrupted the country's efforts in this aspect through alliances with the Bedouin tribes who were living in trade caravans passing zones.• Damascus continued to hadits trade rankwhich enjoyed since before Islam even later ages due to itslocation for the Al - Sham on the one hand and other areas on the other hand,moreover, Damascus was the center of an important source of production, industrial and agriculturalwealth sources and a commercial center and great market for many of the coastal cities that were based on the their market that contain all kinds of goods that allcities need. Every city ofDamascus cities represented the commercial center received many trades and from different countries of the world as and as we saw that. What Helped it in this respect was theavailability ofnumerous transportation which was land and sea.• Money was the main pillar of the trade process, the localization and changes that took place on the money throughout the ages had an essential and important role in the advancement of the state and not to succumb to the foreign domination. Securities represented by the instruments , the Bills and banking had theirimportance as they had facilitated the process of trade exchange, and there had a role for the weights and pecks in the business process which linked very closely to the market and in the buying and selling operations.The various conditions like strife and tribulations Damascus experienced influenced directlyon prices. As a result, there was the appearance of phenomenon of rising prices , but we can say thatits impact was chronic.It became clear through the study, people in Damascus including traders had the ability toovercome the crises and advancement economic reality, but even though, poor people were the most affected class of Damascus'ssuffering , as the economic shocks had a negative impact on their level of living.• Arab Islamic state had given attention and special care to merchantslayer to provide them the means of doingtheir economic work, and aspects of care were providingthem with buildings for harboring passenger shelters and storetheir goods. Examples of these buildings includefields , hotels and agencies and the store. The breadth of the business exchangebetween the various countries of the Muslim world led to the diversity of merchants types and trade firms, among them there werethe treasurer andthe equipped.
Summary:
References:

لواء ديالى 1958 - 1968 : دراسة تاريخية == Dyala Brigade 1958 - 1968 Historial Study

Author name: سعد محمد علي حسين
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The studying of the domestic coevally history in Iraq , it is a very important subject m it have an important turn on detection of the different events evolution of it , what its formless make important park and Biotic in studding of the history of new Iraqian sort. Dyala Brigade from the important Brigades what need to much historial study , we will follow the development and events that certifies the Brigade especially in the time of the Republican Governorship (1958 - 1968) , and this Brigade had came to signifies the events and the managerial development and the Economic development and the social development in Dyala Brigade for this time. The scientific item had been doled for the treatise of proem and three chapters and Epilog , after the proem there is the name of Dyala and the Geographic description from the last Ottoman Epoch until 1958. Chapter one talked about Managerial development in Dyala Brigade from 14 July 1958 to 17 July 1968. Chapter two talked about Economic development in Dyala Brigade from 1958 to 1968. Chapter three talked about Social development in Dyala Brigade from 1958 to 1968. The Quipster appear that the Managerial Appliance (domestic) for Dyala Brigade had sufficiency and had Managerial impartial personalities and the have a good prestige mirrored on the work of the staffing to creation the domestic Foundation Management , the ministry of many of unities management in Dyala Brigade through studying , domestic management in the Brigade introduced from (1958 - 1968) much services to the Brigade parents for example advertence on Educational sector and founding many new schools in Brigade Arcadia , and building hospitals. In Agricultural sector it Supported from the domestic government in the Brigade for example Reissue the Farmlands and deployments poultry fields and carnages. And the management interested in the water sector so they completed building Darpandecan prevail in 1961 , and they finished the project of Khanaken canal in 1963 , for the Industrial sector , Industrial projects were Just nineteen project in the Brigade , the biggest activity in the dustry was acting in Oil industries in Khanaken. They discover many Archaeological areas after Excavating processes what happened in Baquba and Al - Meqdadea and Al - Khales from 1965 to 1966 , this reflects civilization advance to the Brigade and making great old civilization. Brigade of Dyala testified sport movement through of sport Unions in the Brigade like the football Union and Basketball Union , and Volleyball Union , and from the important sport events that testified it the Brigade in 10960 it is the meeting between the scholastically team in Dyala Brigade with a team from united states and there was inaugurating the first Swimming pool in Dyala Brigade in 1964. Brigade of Dyala begot many social personalities that make asocial and reformist activity , like mister Abd Al - Karem Al - Madani who adopt unific attitude between the creeds and the nationalisms and religions , for that Mr Abd Al - Karem communicate Dyala citizens of all their activities , like mirths and dolors and he helped the widows and the orphans , and he was give very much money to the poor people and communicate with the poor people who want to marriage , and he was applicator from the God to heals the sick people , so his acts was the power Brace of cohere Dyala people
Summary:
References:

الجوانب الاقتصادية في المغرب والاندلس من خلال كتاب مسالك الابصار في ممالك الامصار لابن فضل الله العمري المتوفى سنة (749 هـ / 1348م) == The Economical Sides In Morocco And Andalus Through The Book Of Msalik Al - Absar In Momalik Al - Amsar For Ibn Fdhl Allah Al - Omari Died In 749A.H. / 1348 A.D

Author name: سعد قاسم علي السويعدي
Supervisor name: محمود تركي فارس اللهيبي
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Ibn Fadl Allah Al - Omari is consider bright scholar in the horizon of writing and creating and the best scientist who left his finger prints in the different areas on the politic sociology, economy and intellectual fields.The study of the economical sides are not less important of studying the political and social sides, where studying the economical sides which are represented by agriculture, industry, and commeres in consider important in that they reflect the range of progress and prosperity which the countries have reached wether in morocco or andalus.The study was divided into four chapters, where chapter one was the maine gate to enter to the dissertation where tackle the writers life history (his name, surname, his instructors, his age, his occupations, other scientists's opinion on him, and his books which reached twenty books, the most important was msolik Al - Absar in mamalik Al - Amsar.As for chapter two we tackled the agricultural side in morocco and andalus, mentioning the most important tools used in orgicultur, the types of farming lands, the water sources of rains and springs, the most important crops eg. Serials, fruits and the fruitful and non fruitful trees, in addition to the fortune of animals in morocco and Andalus and their place of existence. Ending the chapter with the most important factors that effecting the agricultural production.And in the third chapter we tackled the industrial side starting with the metals like gold, silver, copper and non metallic metals like mercury, vermilion, crystals and rare stones like Rubies, agate, der and the most important industries like food staff, iron industries, lechear industries, paper industry, pottery, ships, and fobric industries conclusing the chapter with the most important were the security deterioration and the political instability.And in chapter four we tackled the commercial side starting with the markets in their two types the perminant and the temporary and the most importants weight and pecks which were used in morocco and Andalus and the types of currency and mony, the most important hotels, the prices which were almost effected by the public situations in the country in addition to the most important commercial roots wither in land or in marine, and the most important materials which were exported between maroccan cities from one side and between The different countries like morocco, sudon, The East, and Europe and The most important imports of Andalus from then from Rhe other side concluding The chapter with The most important factors effecting commerce like politics and fraud and also The Natural factors represented by The storms and Their effect in ships drawing.
Summary:
References:

قطلونية : دراسة في احوالها العامة من الفتح الى سنة 422هـ/1030م == Catalonia Study On Its General Conditions From Victory Until 422 AH /1030 AD

Author name: سعاد بدير هاشم البهادلي
Supervisor name: عبد الكريم خيطان حسن الياسري
General topic: History
Specific topic: Islamic History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis included four chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion with a group of supplements that included tables, maps, and photographs of the region of Catalonia the first chapter deal with (Catalonia : a study in their geographical situations) has included this chapter titled vocabulary : Definition of the Iberian peninsula, the site of Catalonia, naming Catalonia, cities and town and acts of Catalonia, the nature of the surface of Catalonia, the climate of Catalonia, Catalonia plans and highlighted the landmarks.This research focused in the second chapter on conquest and stability in the Arab - Muslim Catalonia during the era of conquest and governors (92 - 138 A.H. / 710 - 755melada), and during the era of the emirate and caliphate (138 - 422 A.H. / 755 - 1030 A.D.) under the title of political activity and the military rulers of the Andalusians on Catalonia , and this chapter included several points such as : Conquest and stability of the Arab - Muslim in Catalonia during the era of conquest and the governors, and the conditions of Catalonia in the era of the emirate and caliphate, rebellion the people of Barcelona the year (157 - 162 A.H. / 773 - 778 A.D.) movement Hussein Bin Yahya Al - Ansari and the killing the governor of Barcelona (163 - 167 H.D / 7783 A.D.) rebellion of Matrouh Bin Suleiman Al - Alarabi in (Tartosha) (172 - 175 A.H. / 788 - 791 A.D.), public events in Catalonia (180 - 422H.D. / 796 - 1030 A.D.).The third chapter deal with the social situation of Catalonia, has deal society components of Catalonia, social classes, social activity in Catalonia, and the means of entertainment, clothing and uniforms, the status of women in Andalusian society.The fourth chapter has focused on the economy of the territory of Catalonia, and the role of each sector of agriculture, industry and trade industries such as cheese of Rum, also this chapter included the economic activities of Catalonia, events ,and systems all are in the basin of the economic study as well as this chapter included : types of land, water resources , irrigation and agricultural activity in Andalusia, and the grazing of livestock, types of crops, types of industries, types of trade, markets and injury, minuend and coinage , weights and measures and standards.
Summary:
References:
1 ... 46 47 48 49 50 ... 93